summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/40484-8.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '40484-8.txt')
-rw-r--r--40484-8.txt8560
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 8560 deletions
diff --git a/40484-8.txt b/40484-8.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cedf7c7..0000000
--- a/40484-8.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8560 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Black Star's Campaign, by Johnston McCulley
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-
-Title: Black Star's Campaign
- A Detective Story
-
-Author: Johnston McCulley
-
-Release Date: August 12, 2012 [EBook #40484]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACK STAR'S CAMPAIGN ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Mary Meehan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- Black Star's Campaign
-
- A DETECTIVE STORY
-
- By JOHNSTON McCULLEY
-
- Author of "John Standon of Texas," "Black Star."
-
-
- CHELSEA HOUSE
- 79 SEVENTH AVENUE
- NEW YORK CITY
-
- Black Star's Campaign
-
- Copyright, 1919 by STREET & SMITH
-
- (Printed in the United States of America)
-
- All rights reserved, including that of translation into foreign
- languages, including the Scandinavian.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. NEWS FOR THE SHERIFF 11
-
- II. A SHOCK FOR THE CITY 17
-
- III. THE NEW HEADQUARTERS 26
-
- IV. OVER THE TELEPHONE 36
-
- V. TRAILED 47
-
- VI. WHAT KOWEN FOUND 56
-
- VII. VERBECK INVESTIGATES 63
-
- VIII. MYSTERY AND AN ALARM 71
-
- IX. ORDERS AND LETTERS 78
-
- X. A DOUBLE CRIME 85
-
- XI. MORE MYSTERY 94
-
- XII. ANOTHER TELEPHONE CALL 101
-
- XIII. INSIDE THE MUSEUM 107
-
- XIV. MISSING MASTERPIECES 116
-
- XV. SOME FISHERMEN 124
-
- XVI. HOT BREAD 132
-
- XVII. MUGGS SEES HIS MAN 141
-
- XVIII. MUGGS MEETS DISASTER 147
-
- XIX. IMPORTANT INFORMATION 155
-
- XX. ON THE TRAIL 163
-
- XXI. A TENSE MOMENT 172
-
- XXII. ON THE ROOF 183
-
- XXIII. MUGGS GIVES A TIP 192
-
- XXIV. ON THE TRAIL 202
-
- XXV. END OF THE TRAIL 209
-
- XXVI. THE BIG BLOW 218
-
- XXVII. MUGGS TAKES A CHANCE 227
-
- XXVIII. THE ALARM 235
-
- XXIX. CAUGHT IN THE NET 244
-
- XXX. MUGGS ARRIVES 249
-
- XXXI. AN EMPTY NET 250
-
- XXXII. THE LETTER 254
-
-
-
-
-BLACK STAR'S CAMPAIGN
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER I
-
-NEWS FOR THE SHERIFF
-
-
-Sheriff Kowen looked up from his desk in amazement as the stenographer
-ushered in the woman. The name on her card had told him nothing, and he
-had expected to be confronted by some middle-aged, washed-out, tired
-wife and mother who would make a request to visit the jail and talk with
-an erring relative.
-
-What he did see when he raised his eyes and cleared his throat
-preparatory to indulging in his professional attitude, was a handsomely
-gowned, beautiful woman of perhaps thirty years, a woman who appeared to
-be exceedingly cultured and refined.
-
-Sheriff Kowen got out of his chair quickly, and placed one at the end of
-the desk for his visitor. Then he seated himself again, and looked
-across to her.
-
-She appeared to be nervous, almost distraught, on the verge of tears.
-
-"My dear Miss Blanchard," Sheriff Kowen said, glancing at the card the
-stenographer had handed to him, and for once forgetting his usual gruff
-manner, "is there any way in which I may be of service to you?"
-
-"I scarcely know how to approach the subject," she replied. The sheriff
-noticed that her voice was all that he had expected it would be--a voice
-that was modulated to the correct society pitch. "Such a thing as--as
-this is--well, I am not used to it."
-
-"Just take your time, and tell me in your own way," said the sheriff.
-"You have--er--some sort of a complaint to make?"
-
-"Yes, that is it. In the first place, we do not reside in this city
-regularly. We have a suite at a private hotel--my mother, my brother and
-myself. It is about my brother that I wish to see you."
-
-"He is--er--in trouble?"
-
-"Not exactly that, but--please tell me, first, Mr. Kowen, it is against
-the law to operate a gambling house, is it not?"
-
-"It most certainly is!" Kowen exclaimed. "When I was first elected, I
-fought gambling houses--got quite a reputation for working along that
-line. I fought the cheap ones, and I fought the pretentious dress-suit
-establishments--cleaned them out!"
-
-"Pardon me, Mr. Kowen, but one remains--else it is a new one that has
-opened recently."
-
-"What's that?" the sheriff cried, sitting up straighter in his chair.
-"If there is a gambling house running in my section of the country,
-it'll not run long!"
-
-"I--I feel almost like a spy," Miss Blanchard said. "I hate to be an
-informer----"
-
-"That is your duty in such a case, my dear young lady."
-
-"I feel it so, under the circumstances," she said. "I do not want to
-cause my brother trouble--but I have talked it over with mother, and we
-decided that I should come and tell you the whole thing."
-
-"I shall be glad to listen, Miss Blanchard."
-
-"My brother is twenty-one, just a boy, you might say. When we came to
-the city, he happened to make the acquaintance of some other young men
-who belonged to a very fast set. He began remaining away from home until
-the early morning hours, and drinking too much, and all that."
-
-"I understand, my dear young lady. Nine young men out of ten sow their
-wild oats."
-
-"And he began spending more money than he could afford to spend. Mother
-and I began to fear he would dissipate his share of my father's estate,
-for he controls it since he has come of age. We wondered where the money
-was going--and finally we found out."
-
-"Gambling joint?"
-
-"Yes, sir. A gambling den in a large house in the most exclusive section
-of the city."
-
-"Those are the places I like to smash!" Sheriff Kowen told her.
-
-"I can give you the address, Mr. Kowen. I understand that a man cannot
-get into the place unless he is properly introduced."
-
-"Naturally, they would be very careful," the sheriff said.
-
-"It is what you called a dress-suit sort of place. Perhaps I am doing
-wrong telling you this----"
-
-"Not at all. It is your duty," the sheriff assured her. "Nobody ever
-will know where I got my information."
-
-"I'd like to have the place closed up," Miss Blanchard continued, "so
-that my brother and other young men will not be robbed of their money
-and ruined. I suppose you would have to make a raid--I believe that is
-the term? I'd hate to cause my brother trouble, but a little scare
-might----"
-
-"I understand, Miss Blanchard. It is probable that he would be caught in
-a raid, placed under arrest for frequenting a gambling resort, and
-brought to jail. He would immediately put up bail for his appearance in
-court. He would give an assumed name, and not show up in the morning,
-forfeiting his bail. So there would be little publicity, but he would
-get a scare."
-
-"Oh, thank you! If it could be done that way----"
-
-"It can, my dear Miss Blanchard. We are determined to exterminate
-gambling houses. The court is in accord with me in this matter. Since
-you give me the information, you may be sure I'll protect your brother's
-interests to a certain extent. We'll frighten him a bit, but you need
-have no fear he will serve a term in jail, or anything like that."
-
-"I understand," said Miss Blanchard.
-
-"Simply give me the address--and then forget that you have seen and
-spoken to me. I'll do the rest. You must be very careful, of course, not
-to let your brother suspect that you have been here. He would inform his
-friends, and our raid would fail. Every time a raid fails, it hurts us.
-A certain part of the public, antagonistic politicians and newspapers,
-you see----"
-
-"I understand, Mr. Kowen. Here is the address--I have written it on a
-card."
-
-She placed the card before him on the desk. Sheriff Kowen glanced at it.
-
-"Ah!" he exclaimed. "So! I should say it was in the most exclusive
-section of the city. This is very valuable information, Miss Blanchard,
-if our investigation bears out your statements. I cannot thank you
-enough. There will be more to this than a gambling-house raid; the
-owners of the property must give the court a little explanation, I
-fear."
-
-"You are sure that I did not do wrong coming here like this?"
-
-"I am sure that you did quite right, my dear young lady. You perhaps
-have aided us in rounding up sharpers who fleece young men of their
-fortunes, and perhaps you have saved your brother. He is at the stage, I
-take it, where a little scare will do him a lot of good. You have done
-quite right!"
-
-"Then I must hurry away," she said, rising. "And I shall do as you
-said--forget that I have been here. My brother----"
-
-"I'll watch out for him, Miss Blanchard--a little scare and nothing
-more! It is the proprietor of the place and his partners we are after,
-more than the victims."
-
-Sheriff Kowen went as far as the corridor with Miss Blanchard, and then
-hurried back to his private office and began pushing buttons. He called
-before him certain of his deputies, gave them the information he had
-acquired, and certain orders, and sent them away. Then he touched match
-to cigar, leaned back in his chair, blew a cloud of fragrant smoke
-toward the ceiling, and chuckled softly. Sheriff Kowen had not had a
-chance to raid a gambling house of any importance for more than a year;
-and raiding a gambling house was his pet sport. He promised himself that
-this raid should be sensational in the extreme. Gambling houses were not
-going to flourish while Kowen was holding office as sheriff.
-
-As for Miss Blanchard, she drove in a taxicab to an exclusive private
-hotel, ascended in the elevator to the eighth floor, and entered a suite
-there.
-
-A woman of forty was sitting before a window looking down at the busy
-street. She was talking to a man of about the same age, a man who
-appeared to be a prosperous merchant, or something of the sort, and who
-looked up quickly when Miss Blanchard entered.
-
-"Well, Mamie, how about it?" he growled.
-
-"It was easy!" Miss Mamie Blanchard replied. "He fell for it so hard
-that I could almost see him bounce. He swallowed the bait, hook, sinker
-and line. We've played the game just right--that man would rather raid a
-gambling joint than eat!"
-
-"Think he'll get busy right away?" the man asked.
-
-"Busy? The instant he left me he ran back to his desk. I think that we
-can look for action to-night."
-
-"Well, we'll give him a chance. He'll want to make sure of the evidence
-first, of course, and we'll see that he gathers plenty of that without
-too much trouble. All the other details have been arranged. I'll issue
-orders this afternoon, and have everything in readiness. We can't go
-wrong on this."
-
-"And afterward?" the girl asked.
-
-"You'll get your reward, all right. If this man's town isn't crazy
-within forty-eight hours, it'll be something peculiar. You know your
-part, I suppose?"
-
-"Certainly."
-
-"Get ready, then. I'll go, now, and get word to all the boys. I'm glad
-that the long wait is over, that we are ready to strike!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER II
-
-A SHOCK FOR THE CITY
-
-
-The deputies sent forth by Sheriff Kowen did their work well, and
-without experiencing much difficulty. Their investigations were
-concluded before nightfall, and the sheriff rubbed his hands together in
-glee when he received their reports.
-
-At eleven o'clock that night, he sat at his desk and answered telephone
-calls. At a certain place near the gambling house his men had gathered.
-Kowen knew from experience that it did not do to have them meet at his
-office or the county jail. There always was somebody watching, and any
-unusual activity would cause a warning to be flashed to every resort
-that had reason to expect a raid.
-
-"It's all right, boss," one of his deputies telephoned. "We've been on
-the watch since eight o'clock. There are about thirty men in the place
-now, and more coming all the time. They're pretty bold about it--feel
-safe, I reckon."
-
-"That's because they've been getting away with it for a few months," the
-sheriff replied. "We'll make 'em sick before morning."
-
-He finished smoking his cigar; then left the office and walked down the
-street to the corner, as he always did at that hour of the night. That
-was to make things appear natural, if anybody happened to be watching.
-He waited for a surface car, got aboard, and started home. At a certain
-corner, he alighted in order to transfer to another line.
-
-But Sheriff Kowen did not use his transfer to-night. He made sure that
-nobody was watching him, and then darted down a side street. He pulled
-his hat over his eyes, bent his shoulders forward, and walked rapidly
-down the broad avenue toward the exclusive residential section of the
-city.
-
-He had a mile to walk. He covered three fourths of it at a good pace,
-and then slowed down and became more alert. He passed another man on a
-corner.
-
-"All right, boss," the man whispered.
-
-"All right!" Sheriff Kowen answered.
-
-Kowen went on up the street. He stopped in a dark spot beneath an
-overhanging tree, and looked at a house in the middle of the block. He
-knew the property; it belonged to an old estate, and was handled by a
-well-known real estate firm. For years it had been without a tenant. The
-investigation made by the deputies during the afternoon had resulted in
-the information that it had been repaired and leased some three months
-before to strangers in the city, but people who had exhibited good
-references.
-
-It was some distance away from the other residences, and the lot was
-bordered by a high hedge, except in front. It was an ideal location for
-a fashionable gambling resort.
-
-As Kowen watched, he saw a young man saunter down the street, hesitate a
-moment, then enter the gate and hurry toward the house.
-
-"Another victim!" Kowen told himself.
-
-Now one of his deputies approached him, keeping in the shadows as much
-as possible.
-
-"Well?" Kowen snapped.
-
-"Almost forty men in there, boss," the deputy reported.
-
-"All our crowd ready?"
-
-"Yes."
-
-"What time is it?"
-
-"Quarter after twelve. I looked at my watch as I walked under the light
-at the corner."
-
-"Let's get in action then," Kowen said. "I don't want any slips, now. I
-want to gather in the whole lot. Got the autos ready?"
-
-"They're ready, boss, waiting down the street a couple of blocks."
-
-"Signal them up, and we'll begin."
-
-The deputy hurried away. Sheriff Kowen crossed the street, turned in
-through the gate, and blew a whistle.
-
-On every side, deputies rushed toward the house, surrounding it
-immediately. Kowen ran up the steps and knocked at the door. An aperture
-was opened, a face peered out, there was an exclamation, and the
-aperture was closed again.
-
-"Into it!" Kowen cried.
-
-Deputies ran forward with axes and attacked the heavy door. The door at
-the rear was attacked in the same manner. Some of the men guarded the
-entrance to the basement, others watched the windows closely.
-
-The front door crashed down, and the officers poured into the house.
-From the second floor came a chorus of cries and shrieks. The lights had
-been extinguished, and electric torches flashed.
-
-"Watch those stairs!" Kowen cried. "Some of you clean out the
-basement--I want the entire crowd! I'll go above!"
-
-They made their way to the head of the stairs, smashed through another
-door, flashed their torches, found the light switch and turned it. The
-big room was bathed in light.
-
-Sheriff Kowen smiled grimly as he surveyed the scene. He saw faro and
-roulette layouts, poker tables, almost every gambling device known. Some
-two score of men in evening dress were crouching against the walls. A
-glance was enough to tell the sheriff the customers and the dealers. He
-slapped his hands together.
-
-"Round 'em up!" he ordered.
-
-His deputies sprang to obey. One by one, the men in the room were
-manacled, despite their protests. When Sheriff Kowen raided a gambling
-house, he did not do things by halves.
-
-A crowd had collected in the street by now. The automobiles Kowen had
-ordered were before the house, ready to receive their loads of
-prisoners. Kowen received reports from deputies who had searched the
-place from cellar to garret. He detailed men to guard the house and the
-gambling apparatus it contained, and then the parade began.
-
-The parade was always a big moment with Kowen. He stood at the curb and
-watched the prisoners pass him and go to the automobiles. He enjoyed the
-looks of wrath, of fear in the faces of these callow youths. Some of
-them he knew, but a very few. For the most part, the prisoners seemed to
-be strangers to him, but that did not bother Kowen. The city was a large
-one; a new crop of victims appeared every week, the sheriff knew.
-
-The prisoners were driven to the county jail and taken into the office.
-Kowen informed them as to the charges, and announced that bail would be
-one hundred dollars in each case, except that of the proprietor of the
-place. The jailer and bookkeeper got ready.
-
-It was then that Sheriff Kowen got his first surprise. With the
-exception of the proprietor, none of his prisoners would furnish bail.
-The arrest was an outrage, they declared. They had been informed that
-the ordinance against gambling was unconstitutional. They were going to
-jail, going to fight the case, and then sue for damages. They'd show
-Sheriff Kowen and his men that citizens had rights that should be
-respected.
-
-"Are you a bunch of lunatics?" Kowen cried. "Don't you worry about that
-gambling law--we've convicted many a man on it, men who had coin to
-fight their cases, too. And let me tell you men something--if you go
-into cells, your right names go down on the blotter. They'll go into the
-newspapers, too; and the people of this city will know just who the men
-are who smash laws and waste money!"
-
-"We're not worrying any about that stuff!" one of the prisoners told
-him.
-
-"Then you'll be searched and slammed into cells, believe me! And you'll
-be treated like ordinary prisoners. I have a faint idea that you'll be
-dead willing to put up bail by noon. These cells of mine are not
-comfortable suites. And you'll miss your baths and grapefruit in the
-morning, and your thin toast! Well?"
-
-None made reply. Kowen glanced around the room at them, and then an
-angry flush came into his face. He had half a dozen deputies there, and
-the night jailer and the bookkeeper. He had let the other deputies go,
-thinking this would be like other raids, that the prisoners would put up
-bail immediately or telephone for it, and hurry to their homes.
-
-"Line up against that wall!" he commanded. "If you are so eager to go to
-jail, we can accommodate you, all right. The jailer will search you."
-
-The jailer appeared before the first man, who started taking things from
-his pockets. Sheriff Kowen turned his back and started for his private
-office in disgust. Newspapermen were waiting there for him, and the
-sheriff did not dislike publicity.
-
-Then something strange happened!
-
-With the exceptions of the few men known to the sheriff, every prisoner
-drew something from his pocket. Something seemed to crash against the
-floor. There was a series of sharp explosions, and the office and rooms
-adjoining were filled with clouds of white, pungent smoke.
-
-The jailer opened his mouth to shout a warning, and toppled over on the
-floor without having spoken. Here and there the deputies were dropping,
-none of them having time to get out a revolver and fire a shot. Sheriff
-Kowen rushed in from his private office to have a cloud of the pungent
-vapor strike him full in the face. The newspaper reporters suffered a
-like fate.
-
-The prisoners were holding tiny sponges to their nostrils, and now they
-sprang into action. Some rushed to the street door and locked and barred
-it. Others drew the shades at the windows. One searched the jailer and
-got his keys, and hurried toward the door leading into the corridor.
-
-This door was opened. Four of the prisoners rushed down the aisle and
-came to a certain cell. Inside it a man was sitting on a bunk.
-
-"Good work!" he exclaimed.
-
-The door of the cell was unlocked, and the man stepped out. He led the
-way back to the office, glanced around it quickly.
-
-"Everything done?" he asked.
-
-"Everything done, sir," one of the men replied.
-
-"Let's go, then!"
-
-The street door was unlocked. Around the corner came half a dozen
-automobiles. They were filled, and darted away, scattering as they came
-to the first street corner.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Sheriff Kowen groaned and opened his eyes. One of his deputies was just
-regaining consciousness. The sheriff tried to get to his feet.
-
-"What--what----" he began.
-
-"They're all gone--jail door's open," the deputy gasped.
-
-"It----I know! Vapor bombs!" Kowen cried. "More Black Star work!
-Quick--look----"
-
-Kowen had managed to get to his feet now, and was rushing into the
-corridor of the jail. More deputies were regaining consciousness. The
-sheriff pushed past them and ran down the corridor. They heard him cry
-out.
-
-"Gone--gone!" he shrieked. "The Black Star has escaped! It was all a
-trick--that woman, the gambling joint--a trick to get all those men in
-here so they could do their work----"
-
-"Here's a note in the cell!" a deputy cried.
-
-The sheriff took it and ran back to the office. One of the deputies
-already was telephoning police headquarters and relating the story. The
-Black Star had been rescued! The supercriminal who had been tried and
-convicted, who was to start for the State prison on the following day,
-had made his escape!
-
-On the brow of each unconscious man left behind by the band there had
-been pasted a tiny black star--the criminal's mark. There was a row of
-them on the blotter-sheet. They were on the walls, on the casements.
-
-The reporters rushed for telephones. Here was news that would startle
-the city in the morning. Was the town in for another reign of crime?
-Would the notorious Black Star merely make good his escape, or did he
-have plans perfected? Was his band reorganized? Would he take vengeance
-for his arrest and incarceration?
-
-The note found in the cell supplied the answer. Sheriff Kowen read it
-quickly:
-
- TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN:
-
- Did you think for an instant that the Black Star would go to prison
- to serve twenty years? It was a very clever rescue, was it not? And
- for the months I have been held in jail, for the strain and worry
- of my trial, I am going to make the city pay. My organization is
- more perfect than before. My plans have been well made. The city
- shall pay--pay--pay! And tell that fool of a Roger Verbeck, who
- was instrumental in catching me before, that he will be helpless
- this time. I defy him even to find the location of my headquarters.
-
- * * * * *
-
-All the telephones were busy now. The pungent odor that had come from
-the vapor bombs had blown out of the room. Word was being flashed over
-the city that the Black Star had been rescued by his band, and that he
-had promised a wave of crime to pay for his incarceration.
-
-Nobody doubted that such would be the case. The city knew well that the
-Black Star always made good his boasts. Nobody doubted that his
-organization was greater than it had been before, and that clever plans
-had been made.
-
-The Black Star, they had reason to suppose, would not wait very long
-before striking, for that was not his nature. The city faced the great
-question:
-
-Where would the Black Star strike first?
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER III
-
-THE NEW HEADQUARTERS
-
-
-Roger Verbeck was the last of his family, a man who moved in the best
-social circles, who had wealth and good looks and friends, and an
-athletic body.
-
-It had been Roger Verbeck who had put the Black Star behind prison bars.
-When the supercriminal first began his work in the city, the police
-seemed to be unable to do anything against him. Verbeck had made a boast
-at a reception one night that he could capture the Black Star himself.
-That boast had led to many adventures.
-
-One of the Black Star's band happened to overhear the boast, for the men
-and women working for the Black Star were to be found in all walks of
-life, and there was nothing strange in the fact that one of them
-happened to be a guest at an exclusive social affair. At one stage of
-the game even Verbeck himself had been suspected of being a lieutenant
-of the master criminal.
-
-The Black Star had challenged Verbeck to make good his boast, and there
-had ensued a duel of wits. Whereas the master rogue had an organization
-at his command, Verbeck had nobody except Muggs.
-
-Muggs was a peculiar individual. Years before, Muggs had stood on a
-bridge over the Seine, in Paris, ready to fling himself into the water
-and end an existence that, in a fit of despondency, he had decided was
-not worth carrying out to its logical conclusion.
-
-Roger Verbeck had grasped him by the arm in time to save him, and had
-convinced Muggs that life was worth the living. So Muggs became attached
-to Roger Verbeck. He was known as Verbeck's valet, but he was a
-comrade-in-arms in reality. He shared Verbeck's adventures, and often
-turned failure into success. He was ready to fight for Verbeck at any
-moment.
-
-Muggs had worked with Verbeck against the Black Star, and when the
-master criminal finally was captured and incarcerated, Muggs had turned
-valet again. But Muggs was a man who demanded action, and time hung
-heavy on his hands. For Roger Verbeck was thinking of getting married,
-and he had small time for adventuring.
-
-Muggs was a small man, but one of great strength. There was nothing
-handsome about him. Some called him repulsive, but not in Roger
-Verbeck's hearing.
-
-Muggs had been a criminal and knew the ways of criminals. He had been of
-great value to Verbeck on numerous occasions, and once had saved his
-life. Between them they possessed nearly all human qualifications, and
-they made an excellent team.
-
-On the night of the rescue of the Black Star, Roger Verbeck had called
-upon his fiancée. He returned to his rooms shortly after the hour of
-twelve, and immediately went to bed, Muggs retiring a few minutes later.
-There was to be a golf tournament the following day, and Verbeck was a
-contestant.
-
-Both men were asleep almost immediately. Most of the tenants in the big
-apartment house had retired. In the office on the ground floor a sleepy
-clerk was attempting to keep his eyes open and read a magazine. The
-night telephone operator had gone to a restaurant a couple of blocks
-away for a midnight cup of coffee, and the sleepy clerk was watching the
-switchboard.
-
-There entered a gentleman from the street--a man whose face was muffled
-in his coat collar. He was well-dressed, very much the gentleman, and
-the clerk got up and hurried to the desk. Somebody with an important
-business message for one of the tenants, the clerk supposed.
-
-"Something I can do for you, sir?" the clerk asked.
-
-"Yes--go to sleep!" came the reply.
-
-The visitor drew a vapor gun and discharged it in the clerk's face. The
-latter gasped, and sank to the floor. The one who had used the gun
-stepped to the door and gave a signal. Three more men sprang from a
-closed car standing at the curb, and hurried into the lobby of the
-house.
-
-"Telephone operator be back in a few minutes," the first man said. "One
-of you remain here and get him. Answer any calls on the switchboard, so
-things will look natural."
-
-One remained; the other three ran quickly up the stairs, ignoring the
-elevator, which was in the basement, with a sleepy operator hoping that
-nobody would call him.
-
-The three made their way to the floor where Roger Verbeck had his suite.
-They listened outside Verbeck's door; then one of them inserted a
-skeleton key, pushed out the key on the inside, turned the lock and
-opened the door half a dozen inches.
-
-Again they listened, then opened the door wider and slipped inside. It
-was evident that they were well acquainted with the place. While one of
-them remained in the big living room, another went to the door of
-Verbeck's bedchamber, and a third to the door of the room used by Muggs.
-
-There came a sharp hiss. The doors were opened. Figures darted across
-rooms. Two vapor guns were discharged, and Roger Verbeck and Muggs were
-instantly rendered unconscious as they slept.
-
-"Easy work!" one of the men commented. "Get busy, now!"
-
-Muggs was gagged and bound and lashed to the bed. Roger Verbeck was
-dressed quickly by two of the men, while the third remained in the
-living room, listening. When Verbeck had been made ready, the man in the
-living room slipped into the hall, saw that nobody was there and that
-the elevator was still in the basement. He returned and gave a signal,
-and the other two picked up Verbeck and carried him into the hall.
-
-They went down the stairs, flight by flight, meeting nobody, and finally
-came to the office again, where the fourth man was waiting. The
-telephone operator had returned and had been rendered unconscious by
-means of a vapor gun.
-
-They carried Verbeck to the automobile, put him in it, got in
-themselves, and the machine darted away. Verbeck groaned, and once more
-a vapor gun was discharged in his face. He relaxed.
-
-"That'll do him until we get to headquarters," one of the men said. "We
-don't want him sick, and that stuff is pretty strong. What do you
-suppose the boss is going to do with him?"
-
-"It is an excellent plan not to go supposing what the boss is going to
-do with anybody," another growled. "I was in the other gang, and I
-happen to know that it's a good thing to let the boss attend to his own
-affairs."
-
-"Well, I didn't mean anything," snarled the other.
-
-The automobile traveled across the city, and after a time reached a
-large house that sat far back on a quiet lane. Here the car left the
-main thoroughfare, turned into the lane, and presently stopped before
-the veranda of the house. Roger Verbeck was carried inside. The
-automobile was driven around to the rear, and all its lights
-extinguished immediately.
-
-When Verbeck regained consciousness he was bewildered. He was in a room
-that was brilliantly lighted. He was stretched upon a couch, fully
-dressed. He could not comprehend it at all.
-
-He sat up and looked around the room. It was lavishly furnished, and in
-excellent taste. In the middle of the room was a long table, and there
-were a score of heavy chairs scattered about. There were two doors, one
-at either end of the room, but there did not seem to be any windows.
-Here and there tapestries hung on the walls.
-
-He heard a bell tinkle, and one of the doors opened. There entered two
-men, both wearing long black robes, and black masks.
-
-Verbeck knew, then. He had seen the costume of the members of the Black
-Star's band often before. He had even worn one once, while gathering
-evidence for use against the master criminal.
-
-So he had been abducted by the Black Star's men, and he had supposed
-that they were so scattered that they could make no move. Was he to be
-held as hostage, or something like that? Verbeck knew that the Black
-Star was to be taken to prison within twenty-four hours. Were these men
-going to avenge themselves upon him because he had been instrumental in
-sending their leader to prison?
-
-"Well?" Verbeck growled.
-
-Neither man answered him, but he really had not expected that. The
-members of the Black Star's band did not talk much. One of the men went
-to the side of the room, and threw back one of the tapestries, revealing
-a small blackboard.
-
-Why, this was exactly like the old headquarters of the Black Star, for
-they had conversed there by means of blackboards! Could it be possible
-that the band had gathered again, and were going to continue their
-nefarious work without their leader, the master mind that had guided and
-controlled them before?
-
-Verbeck watched as the man wrote:
-
-"Mr. Verbeck will remain quietly on the couch for the time being. If he
-does not, he shall be made unconscious again."
-
-"What is the idea?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"One is coming who wishes to hold a conversation with you," the man
-wrote on the blackboard.
-
-"How long shall I have to wait?" Verbeck demanded.
-
-"Until he comes!" the other wrote, and then dropped the tapestry and
-went to stand beside his companion before the door.
-
-Verbeck sat down on the couch again and regarded them. He felt in his
-pocket, found cigarettes and matches, and started smoking. His brain
-was not entirely clear yet.
-
-He wondered what the man had meant. Who was the person for whom he was
-waiting? Of course, it couldn't be the Black Star, Verbeck told himself.
-The Black Star was to go to prison the following day, to begin serving
-his sentence of twenty years. He had lost his last appeal. He had been a
-broken man, evidently, for the past two or three months had acted like
-one who had given up all hope of escape.
-
-Verbeck smoked the cigarette and lighted another. Again a bell tinkled
-in the distance. Again the door was opened. Roger Verbeck gasped.
-
-The robed and masked figure that entered was larger than the other men;
-and on the front of the hood that enveloped his head was a big, flaming
-black star of jet.
-
-The Black Star!
-
-Then Verbeck chuckled. He saw it now, of course. The band had elected
-another leader, and he had assumed the garb of the Black Star. Probably
-they expected to punish Roger Verbeck for what he had done.
-
-The man who wore the star advanced to the middle of the room. One hand
-came from beneath his robe, and Verbeck saw that he held a vapor gun in
-it. He made a motion, and the other two men left the room and closed the
-door.
-
-"So we have a new Black Star, have we?" Verbeck said.
-
-The man before him laughed, then took off his mask and tossed it aside.
-
-"Not a new one! The same one!" he said.
-
-Verbeck gave a cry and sprang from the couch. There could be no mistake.
-The notorious master rogue stood before him. Verbeck knew his face well
-enough.
-
-"But----" he began.
-
-"My friends rescued me during the night," the Black Star said. "It was a
-very pretty little plot, indeed. I may as well let you know that I am
-heading my organization again. My people have been collected by a
-lieutenant of mine who never ceased working while I was in your county
-jail. My band is stronger than it was before, and we are going to make
-the city pay."
-
-"Well, what about me?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"I have had you brought here to show you in what contempt I hold you,"
-the master criminal said. "You caught me before, but you'll not catch me
-again! Here is my new headquarters--take a good look. I suppose you'll
-be on my trail again?"
-
-"And I'll catch you again!" Verbeck cried.
-
-"It will be a pleasure to have you try, Mr. Verbeck. It adds spice to
-the game to have a good foe--and I'll admit that you are a good foe. It
-will be entertaining to outwit you continually, to make you the
-laughingstock of the city."
-
-"You tried that once before, and I had the last laugh!"
-
-"Pardon me! It is not time for the last laugh yet--but when the time
-does come, I shall have it!"
-
-"Well, what are you going to do with me?" Verbeck demanded.
-
-"My dear Mr. Verbeck! Did you imagine you were to be treated with
-violence? You know that I abhor violence of all kinds. I merely had you
-brought here so that we could have this little conversation. I shall
-send a letter to the newspapers telling them how I had you here and let
-you see my new headquarters. That will give the city its first laugh at
-you."
-
-"If I get the chance, I'll catch you!" Verbeck declared.
-
-"I intend you shall have the chance, my dear Mr. Verbeck. I shall render
-you unconscious again, and have you taken to a certain place in the city
-and left there. When you regain consciousness, start on my trail, if you
-can find it. You were unconscious when you came here, and will be when
-you depart. You understand? And I don't mind telling you, Roger Verbeck,
-that anything done by me and my band before my arrest was insignificant
-compared to what we intend doing now. I shall strike within twenty-four
-hours, Mr. Verbeck. You need not trouble to warn the city. I already
-have sent letters to the papers telling them of my intention."
-
-"And you can't get away with it!" Verbeck exclaimed. "I'll hunt you
-down----"
-
-"That is your privilege, Mr. Verbeck," the Black Star interrupted. "I
-flatter myself that I am a sportsman. I have you in my power at the
-present moment, and could keep you where you could cause me no trouble
-or annoyance. But I'd rather have you free to use your wits against
-mine. As I remarked before, it will add spice to the game. Heaven knows
-that the police couldn't even make it interesting for me!"
-
-"So you are going to stagger the city, are you?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"I am, Mr. Verbeck. We are going to loot the city more thoroughly than
-we did before. We have perfected certain plans, and shall strike soon."
-
-"Going to play your old game--going to let us know in advance what you
-are going to do?"
-
-"Possibly--at times," said the Black Star, smiling. "And I feel sure
-that this time there will be no little accident that will make it
-possible for you to take me into custody. By the way, how is your man,
-Muggs?"
-
-"In excellent condition," Verbeck said.
-
-"My compliments to him, when you see him again, and tell him for me that
-it will be a pleasure to clash with him. In a way, I admire Muggs. He is
-such a perfect type of a thug."
-
-"He is not the man to have for an enemy."
-
-"Bah! I could outwit a score of men like Muggs without calling any of my
-organization to my aid. Well, Mr. Verbeck, I am afraid that we shall
-have to terminate this interesting conversation. I must get a little
-rest, and confer with some of my people."
-
-He stepped back to the wall and pressed a button. Immediately the door
-opened, and the two robed and masked men entered the room. One of them
-held a vapor gun in his hand.
-
-Roger Verbeck was well aware that it would be a losing fight, yet he
-fought to his utmost. But the fumes were discharged, the pungent odor
-struck into his nostrils and filled his lungs, he was forced to gasp for
-breath--and unconsciousness claimed him.
-
-The last thing he heard was the sarcastic laughter of the Black Star!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IV
-
-OVER THE TELEPHONE
-
-
-The chief of police, notified by Sheriff Kowen that the Black Star had
-been rescued cleverly by members of his band, dressed quickly and
-hurried to police headquarters, there to go into his private office and
-rave and fume, and relate to the world that Sheriff Kowen was an
-official who knew not the meaning of precaution and efficiency.
-
-"That's what he gets for being a bug on raiding gambling joints!" the
-chief cried. "Anybody would have known it was a plant--anybody with
-brains. We fight that fiend of a Black Star for more than a year, Roger
-Verbeck finally lands him, we convict the brute and have him handed a
-stiff sentence--and then an idiotic sheriff allows him to escape! Now I
-suppose we are in for another reign of terror, with every newspaper in
-town telling the dear public that the police are fit candidates for some
-old lady's home!"
-
-There was a lot more of this, while captains and lieutenants, sergeants
-and roundsmen held their peace and hoped that their superior would not
-make this an occasion for reprimanding them for some fancied mistake.
-The chief had worked his way up from the ranks; he was endowed with more
-brute force than intelligence, and he was a bad man when aroused.
-
-"Call Roger Verbeck's apartment, and get him on the wire!" the chief
-commanded.
-
-The desk sergeant tried it immediately. He reported that the apartment
-house did not answer. The chief made a few remarks about sleeping
-telephone operators, and ordered the desk sergeant to try again. Not
-getting a reply immediately, the chief called two detectives, ordered
-them to hurry to Verbeck's place and acquaint him with the news, and to
-have Verbeck get in communication with the chief at once.
-
-"The first thing the Black Star will do, will be to get hold of
-Verbeck!" the chief declared. "He'll probably put Verbeck out of the way
-if we don't prevent it. Verbeck caught him before, and he'll have to do
-it again. I've got a police force composed of idiots, imbeciles and
-blockheads! They couldn't catch a turtle walking across the street!"
-
- * * * * *
-
-At about the same moment the chief of police was indulging in this
-tirade, Muggs groaned, tried to turn over and found that he could not,
-experienced nausea, wondered whether he was being taken down with some
-disease--and then made the discovery that he was bound and gagged and
-lashed to the bed.
-
-Having made that discovery, Muggs forced himself to breathe normally,
-composed himself, and tried to think. The last he remembered, he had
-retired, started to fall asleep, and had dropped into the middle of a
-not unpleasant dream. Now it appeared that there had been violence, and
-he had known nothing of it.
-
-"Burglars!" Muggs thought at first. "Doped while I slept, and tied up
-like this! I wonder if the boss----"
-
-The mere thought that something disastrous might have happened to Roger
-Verbeck moved Muggs to instant action. He struggled with his bonds, and
-at first believed that they could not be slipped; but finally he found a
-knot that gave a trifle, and he redoubled his efforts, working in a
-frenzy, his imagination picturing Roger Verbeck robbed and slain.
-
-After a time the knot gave, and Muggs managed to get his hands free. He
-removed the gag and started working at the cords about his ankles.
-
-"Boss! Boss!" he called.
-
-There came no answer from Verbeck's room. Muggs managed to get off the
-last rope, and sprang from the bed. Immediately he reeled and fell back
-again.
-
-"I'm--sick!" Muggs gasped weakly. "That was--some dope! I wonder what
-it----"
-
-And then it came to him.
-
-"I know that feelin' in my head and that taste in my mouth!" he told
-himself. "Vapor gun! I've had enough doses of it before to know!
-The--the Black Star----"
-
-But the Black Star was safe in a cell in the county jail, and due to be
-taken to the penitentiary in a few hours, Muggs tried to tell himself.
-However, Muggs did not have a lot of faith in jails, having escaped from
-them twice himself before Roger Verbeck saved his life and made a man of
-him.
-
-Once more he started to get up from the bed, this time slowly and
-cautiously. He did not experience the nausea now, and though he still
-felt weak, yet he managed to stagger across the room toward the door.
-
-He went into Verbeck's bedchamber and snapped on the lights. Verbeck was
-not there. The room was in confusion. Verbeck's clothes, that Muggs had
-put out for use in the morning, were gone, and his pajamas were on the
-floor in a corner.
-
-Muggs hurried to the bed. It was there, pasted on the headpiece--a tiny
-black star!
-
-"If he hurt my boss----" Muggs began, almost sobbing.
-
-And then he felt moved to sudden action again. He rushed into the living
-room and to the telephone. He rattled the hook frantically, and
-presently heard the operator's reply.
-
-"I want the police!" Muggs cried into the transmitter. "Mr. Verbeck is
-gone--been taken away!"
-
-"Say! There are a couple of detectives here now to see Mr. Verbeck," the
-operator replied. "They're coming right up!"
-
-Muggs darted back into his own room and began dressing with such speed
-that he was almost fully clothed when the officers knocked at the door.
-Muggs hurried to let them in.
-
-"What's this about Mr. Verbeck?" one of them asked.
-
-"The Black Star's got him!" Muggs cried. "They doped us while we slept,
-and----"
-
-"I guess I can tell you all about that," the detective interrupted.
-"They put out the night clerk and the telephone operator with those
-cursed vapor guns."
-
-"And Mr. Verbeck is gone! They must have taken him! We've got to find
-him! There's a black star--pasted on his bed----"
-
-"The chief just sent us up to see Verbeck about this business. The Black
-Star's gang rescued their leader to-night--turned him loose. He left a
-note saying that he was going to raid the town."
-
-"Well, why stand here and gas about it?" Muggs demanded. "Don't you
-understand that the Black Star's got my boss? He put the big crook in
-jail before, and you can probably guess what he'll get handed to him for
-it now, if the Black Star is loose!"
-
-"Well, what can we do?" one of the detectives asked. "All we found out
-was that there was a closed auto out in front, and three or four men
-with it. If they carried Verbeck away, it's a wild guess where they took
-him. This town has some size, remember, and the Black Star and his gang
-are smooth customers."
-
-"You're a fine lot of detectives!" Muggs sneered. "You don't know what
-to do, huh? Expect to find him by standin' around here smokin' cheap
-cigars? Why don't you talk to headquarters and tell what you know? Get
-busy!"
-
-One of the detectives called the station and made his report to the
-chief. The police reporters were electrified by the statement that Roger
-Verbeck had been abducted by members of the master crook's organization.
-At the time the Black Star was arrested, he had sworn to have vengeance
-on Verbeck, and though he claimed that he abhorred violence, and seldom
-resorted to it, there were fears and misgivings lest Verbeck's body be
-found in some lonely spot, a black star pasted on the forehead.
-
-The chief had not been idle. Every officer in the city was alert. The
-police knew that the master criminal must have a headquarters somewhere,
-and that it was their duty to locate it. Until he was under arrest
-again, and his band broken up, he was a constant menace. He was liable
-to strike at any part of the city, at any moment of day or night. The
-blow might fall upon one of the big banks, or upon some social gathering
-where a fortune in jewels could be obtained.
-
-News of Verbeck's abduction was flashed to all officers as soon as
-possible. Roads leading from the city were under guard, and all vehicles
-were being stopped and their occupants questioned. Arrangements had been
-made to quiz real estate and rental firms in the morning, ascertain
-every recent lease, and investigate it. The chief had given out word
-that the headquarters of the master criminal had to be found, and
-without delay.
-
-Muggs journeyed to headquarters with the two detectives, and told all
-that he knew. And then he paced the chief's private office, raging,
-begging them to do something, to give him only as much as a clew
-regarding where Roger Verbeck had been taken, and he, Muggs, would
-rescue him alone.
-
-In vain the chief attempted to quiet Muggs.
-
-"He's my boss--he ain't yours!" Muggs shrieked. "He saved my life and he
-showed me how to make a man of myself! Maybe you don't care what becomes
-of him, but I do. And if that big crook harms him, I'll get Mr. Black
-Star if it takes me the rest of my life, and I'll choke the life out of
-him with my bare hands!"
-
-"Muggs, we're doing all that we can!" the chief protested.
-
-"What are you doin'? Yellin' over the telephone to a bunch of cops and
-havin' them run around in circles?"
-
-"But we can't do anything else!" the chief cried. "All we can do is----"
-
-The bell of his telephone rang. The chief whirled around and took down
-the receiver.
-
-"Hello!" he cried.
-
-"Hello!" a man's voice answered. "Well, well, it is some time since I
-had the pleasure of speaking to you over a telephone wire, chief."
-
-"Who is this?" the chief cried. "We're pretty busy here to-night,
-and----"
-
-"I suppose that is all my fault. Don't you recognize my voice? I am the
-Black Star!"
-
-"Oh, are you?" the chief shouted. "Well, you put one over on Sheriff
-Kowen, but we'll pick you up before long!"
-
-"You think so?" the Black Star asked, laughing.
-
-"I know it, you crook! We'll get you, and we'll get the men and women of
-that gang of yours!"
-
-"Well, well! You are talking violently, chief--but you always were
-inclined to violence."
-
-"I'll be violent enough when I get my hands on you, all right!"
-
-"And I just called you up to give you some information. Are you
-concerned about Roger Verbeck? One of my men reported a few minutes ago
-that you were. You see, I am keeping in touch with you, chief. I know
-every order you issue, every plan you make."
-
-"What about Verbeck?"
-
-"Don't worry about him. I had him taken to my headquarters so I could
-have a little conversation with him. Half an hour ago he was dropped,
-drugged, and unconscious, at the edge of one of the city parks. No doubt
-he will be with you soon."
-
-"Your headquarters, huh?" the chief cried. "We'll locate that little
-place within twenty-four hours, if it is in the city!"
-
-"You think so? I assure you that it is in the city--and perhaps in a
-quarter where you'd least expect to find it. I scarcely think you can
-find it inside twenty-four hours, chief. Besides, you are going to be
-very busy before then."
-
-"I am, eh?"
-
-"You are," the Black Star said. "You will be wondering how we did it."
-
-"Did what?"
-
-"What it is that we are going to do--the first blow, chief!"
-
-"Lost your nerve, have you? You used to tell us what you were going to
-do, and dare us to catch you at it."
-
-"Chief, your work is too coarse. Trying to anger me into telling you my
-plans, are you? It cannot be done to-night, chief. But I'll tell you
-this much--we intend making quite a haul! Expenses have been heavy
-recently, you know, and I must have a sort of indemnity."
-
-"You'll get something worse than that when we get our hands on you!" the
-exasperated chief cried. "You'll go up for life when we catch you!"
-
-"Catch me first!" the Black Star suggested. "By the way, some of my men
-left Muggs bound and gagged when they carried Verbeck away. You should
-see that he is released."
-
-"He has been--he's here."
-
-Muggs thrust the chief aside and grasped the receiver.
-
-"Yes, he's here, you big crook!" Muggs cried. "He'll be on hand when
-you're caught, too, and then you want to look out for yourself! Kidnap
-my boss, will you?"
-
-"Why, Muggs, how violent you are!"
-
-"You--you----" Muggs sputtered. "When I get hold of you, I'll make you
-think you never saw or heard tell of that violence stuff before! I'll
-show you some real violence, you crook!"
-
-"Tut, tut, Muggs! You'll be working yourself into a passion, my dear
-boy. By the way, Muggs, tell the chief that he need not bother about
-tracing this telephone call. I have tapped a private wire and am talking
-over it--understand?"
-
-A click came over the wire, and it went dead. Muggs put up the receiver
-and turned away from the desk, growling.
-
-The door of the office was thrown open--and Roger Verbeck hurried in.
-
-"Boss! Boss!" Muggs cried.
-
-"One minute, Muggs! We haven't time for a demonstration of affection at
-present. Well, chief, he had me nabbed, and I've seen the inside of his
-new headquarters."
-
-"Know where they are?"
-
-"I haven't the slightest idea. I was in an inside room--unconscious when
-taken there, and unconscious when they brought me away. I came back to
-life up in the park, where they had dropped me, got a taxi and hurried
-here. I suppose we have it all to do over again. We've got to catch that
-fiend, of course!"
-
-"Will you help, Verbeck?" the chief cried. "Will you take the time and
-trouble?"
-
-"You know it! Why, the Black Star challenged me again--said I couldn't
-catch him."
-
-"You're in command, Verbeck, as you were the other time. Any orders now?
-Where shall we start in?"
-
-"You're having the roads watched?"
-
-"Of course."
-
-"Throw out the dragnet and pick up what you can. Can't tell--might get a
-clew of some sort, you know. Get the rental agencies----"
-
-"I've planned to do that."
-
-"It probably will do no good, but it won't hurt any to try. The Black
-Star is too smooth to be caught in that way. His headquarters probably
-is in some house one of his band has owned and occupied for years."
-
-"He just called up," Muggs put in. "He said we'd be busy within
-twenty-four hours."
-
-"And the Black Star, as we know well, always keeps his word!" Roger
-Verbeck declared. "So his message probably means that he will strike his
-first blow to-morrow night--or, rather, to-night. But where? And what?
-Those are the questions."
-
-"And all we can do----" the chief began.
-
-"Is to wait until he strikes, and then take up the trail," Roger Verbeck
-added. "I found out one thing--he has some new people in his
-organization. He is using the blackboards again."
-
-"What's that?" the chief asked.
-
-"Each member of the band has a number and a countersign. Each enters the
-headquarters room robed and masked, and carries on the conversation by
-means of the blackboards. The Black Star issues his orders the same way.
-He handles them by number, and in his other organization the numbers
-were issued by one of his lieutenants."
-
-"What's the use of all that?" the chief asked.
-
-"It is very simple, chief. The Black Star may know what Number Eight or
-Number Ten does, but he doesn't know the identities of the persons with
-those numbers. He never could go on the witness stand and swear that a
-certain member of his band did a certain share of the work. Understand?
-It is a protection all around. On the other hand, the men could not
-swear that the Black Star issued the orders--it might be somebody else
-wearing the master crook's robe and mask. See?"
-
-"He's a clever devil!" the chief grunted.
-
-"He is!" Verbeck agreed. "We discovered that much before, remember. But
-we know his methods now, and that is a help. We will not make the
-mistake of underestimating him. It's all right to let him think so, and
-to talk like it when he calls up by telephone, but in truth we know
-we're up against a tough proposition, and we've got to act accordingly."
-
-"You mean to say you think it's going to be a hard job landing him?" the
-chief asked.
-
-"I mean just that," said Roger Verbeck. "But we'll get him!"
-
-"You can bet we will!" added Mr. Muggs.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER V
-
-TRAILED
-
-
-The morning newspapers had some very uncomplimentary things to say, both
-in the news columns and on the editorial page, concerning Sheriff Kowen.
-
-The sheriff, who had had less than three hours' sleep, raged when he
-read, and tore the papers into shreds.
-
-"That's right--blame me!" he shrieked. "Blame a man who was trying to do
-his duty! If I don't raid gambling houses, I get blamed, and if I do
-raid 'em, I get blamed again. How did I know that place was a plant? It
-was a gambling house, wasn't it?"
-
-Since the sheriff was a bachelor, there was nobody in his apartment to
-enjoy this tirade. He went to his favorite restaurant for breakfast, and
-sat at a table far back in one corner, refusing to hold conversation
-with anybody who approached.
-
-The sheriff was gathering anger. He did not intend to let Roger Verbeck
-and the police get all the credit when the master crook was caught
-again. He would go after the Black Star himself, he decided--swear in
-more deputies and call upon his men to win. There were certain political
-reasons for this. Moreover, the sheriff was a conscientious man; since
-the Black Star had escaped through his work, it was his duty, he felt,
-to recapture him.
-
-Sheriff Kowen left the restaurant and walked toward the county jail,
-where he maintained his office. He passed countless persons he knew,
-both men and women, and saw many smiles that possessed a quality the
-sheriff did not relish. But he refused to take a taxicab--he would show
-the public that he was not in hiding!
-
-"If I ever meet that Blanchard woman again----" the sheriff told
-himself; and just then he saw her.
-
-She was on the walk a few feet ahead of him, going slowly toward a
-department store. Sheriff Kowen hurried up to her, touched her on the
-arm.
-
-"I want to talk to you!" he said gruffly.
-
-"Oh, good morning, sheriff!" she said, and smiled.
-
-The sheriff was disconcerted for an instant, but composure returned to
-him quickly.
-
-"We are only a block from the jail, and my office," he said. "I want to
-talk to you there. Shall we walk, or shall I call a cab and charge it to
-the county?"
-
-There was a certain meaning to the last sentence, but she did not seem
-to realize it.
-
-"I should be charmed to talk to you," she said, "but I have some
-shopping to do this morning."
-
-"Your shopping will have to wait, young woman. This is a serious
-business."
-
-"Why, what can you mean?" she asked.
-
-"Either you walk along with me to my office, or you go as a prisoner!"
-
-"Are you insane? Arrest me?"
-
-"In a minute!" said Sheriff Kowen.
-
-"I--I don't understand this--but I'll go along with you," said Mamie
-Blanchard.
-
-"I thought you would," the sheriff returned.
-
-He said nothing more as they walked down the street. He took her into
-his private office and offered her a chair at one end of his desk. He
-closed the door, telling the stenographer that he was not to be
-disturbed for the present.
-
-"Now kindly tell me the meaning of this," said Mamie Blanchard. "I--you
-almost frightened me!"
-
-"What do you know about the Black Star?" Kowen asked.
-
-"Why, I read this morning that he escaped from your jail last night. You
-should be more careful."
-
-Sheriff Kowen's face turned purple with wrath, but he controlled himself
-and bent toward her across the desk.
-
-"And the cell he formerly occupied is now empty," he said. "Are you
-anxious to inhabit it for a time?"
-
-"What do you mean, sir?" asked Mamie Blanchard.
-
-"You tipped me off about that gambling house. It was nothing more or
-less than a trap whereby the Black Star could get a gang of his men into
-the jail and free him. You know it, and I know it, and it won't do you
-any good to try to bluff me!"
-
-"Why, how dare you? How perfectly silly!"
-
-"Silly, is it?"
-
-"I never heard of such a thing! This affair must have turned your brain!
-I came in here yesterday merely to ask you if you required the services
-of a woman detective. I always have wanted to take up detective work,
-you know. You told me you did not, and so I left."
-
-"What sort of nonsense is this?" the sheriff cried.
-
-"Nonsense? Oh, I am sorry now that there was nobody else in the office
-to hear me!" And Miss Mamie Blanchard sat back and smiled at the
-official on the other side of the desk.
-
-"So that's the way of it!" Kowen said. "You'll stick to that story, will
-you, because nobody else heard what you said yesterday? Woman detective!
-You know what you came in here for yesterday--to carry out the orders of
-the Black Star, help frame up that gambling-house deal----"
-
-"Really, I do not care to listen to any more such talk!" Mamie Blanchard
-told him. "I am living with my mother at a respectable private
-hotel----"
-
-"And your brother, the one who was going to the dogs?"
-
-"Oh, I have no brother! You must be mistaken, sir!"
-
-"You told me yesterday----"
-
-"Really, you are mistaken. You are confusing my conversation with that
-of some other person, surely. Brother? Oh, no, sir!"
-
-Sheriff Kowen stared at her. "You are a wonder," he said, "but I am
-afraid that you can't get away with it. The best thing for you will be
-tell me all you know about the Black Star, where his headquarters are
-located, and what he has planned to do. Do that--and do it right--and I
-may forget all about what happened yesterday."
-
-"But I do not understand you! How should I know anything about that
-notorious criminal."
-
-"Want me to throw you into that empty cell?"
-
-"You dare!" she said, indignantly. "My people have money, sir, and I can
-promise you a damage suit that will give you food for thought! Are you
-not ridiculous enough in the eyes of the public already?"
-
-Sheriff Kowen's face purpled again as he glared at her. He did not
-doubt, knowing the past history of the Black Star's organization, that
-this Blanchard woman would cause him trouble.
-
-"Well, I'm going to let you get away with it for the time being," he
-said. "But don't think for a minute that you're fooling me! You are a
-member of the Black Star's gang, and I know it! When we land him and the
-others, we'll land you, too! And you'll get a nice, long sentence from
-the court!"
-
-Mamie Blanchard stood up. "I do not care to be insulted further!" she
-said. "I regret that there are no witnesses. If you annoy me any more, I
-shall bring the matter to my lawyer's attention."
-
-"I suppose he belongs to the gang also," said the sheriff.
-
-He got up, too, but before he did, he touched a button beneath his desk.
-It caused a buzzer to sound in another office. This told the deputy
-there that the person leaving the sheriff's private room was to be
-shadowed.
-
-Kowen opened the door and bowed his visitor out. She held her head high,
-and there was an expression of indignation in her face. The sheriff
-watched her disappear into the hall, and then reached for his hat.
-
-On second thought, Kowen had decided to shadow Mamie Blanchard himself,
-assisting his deputy. He gave Miss Blanchard time to reach the street,
-and then he started. She was already half a block away, making for the
-nearest department store, and Kowen saw his faithful deputy trailing
-her.
-
-Mamie Blanchard, under the eyes of the sheriff and deputy, entered the
-store and began making purchases in an ordinary manner. Kowen approached
-the deputy and engaged him in low conversation.
-
-"That's the girl that tipped me off about the gambling house," he said,
-"and I know blamed well that she belongs to the Black Star's gang. I
-tried to get some information out of her just now, but she's pretty
-wise. We'll keep out of her sight, work independently, and trail her.
-She may lead us to the big crook's headquarters."
-
-Mamie Blanchard made purchases at several departments, and then left the
-store. If she was aware that she was under surveillance, she did not
-betray it by her actions. She visited a soda fountain and ate ice cream,
-emerged again, and finally engaged a taxicab. Sheriff Kowen engaged
-another, and his deputy a third.
-
-They trailed her to a part of the city where were to be found houses
-that once had been the homes of wealthy persons of social prominence.
-But now those of wealth and society had moved to another section, and
-these relics of other days were rented for various purposes. Here were
-to be found small shops, cheap boarding houses, palmists, clairvoyants
-and others of their ilk. Here and there were smaller houses back from
-the street, some with billboards before them.
-
-Mamie Blanchard left her taxicab at a corner, glanced around, and walked
-down the street. Kowen and the deputy shadowed her. It was not difficult
-in this section.
-
-Mamie Blanchard was acting as if apprehensive now. She glanced around
-continually. Once she stood for several minutes in front of a store
-window.
-
-"On the right track!" Sheriff Kowen told himself. "She's going to that
-crook's headquarters, all right, and she wants to make sure she isn't
-being followed."
-
-He made a sign to his deputy, and they began to approach each other.
-Mamie Blanchard had walked on down the street. Suddenly she darted
-through a little gate, and walked swiftly toward one of the smaller
-houses that sat back from the street.
-
-Kowen and his deputy saw her go into the cottage.
-
-"Go telephone for half a dozen of the men," Kowen ordered the other.
-"When they come, scatter them around the block, and then come back here
-to me. Either that house is the Black Star's headquarters, or the people
-there have something to do with him. I'll watch."
-
-The deputy hurried away, and Kowen kept his eyes on the house. He
-supposed there was a rear door, but behind the house was a high, blank
-wall, and he knew that nobody could leave the place without walking
-directly toward him.
-
-Kowen's heart began pounding at his ribs. If he could capture the Black
-Star so soon after his escape, he would be the man of the hour. He would
-show charity by calling in the police and Roger Verbeck, but theirs
-would be reflected glory, and Kowen knew it well.
-
-The deputy returned at the end of half an hour. Men were posted behind
-the alley wall, he explained, and were watching the house from the
-buildings on either side. Nobody could get out without being seen and
-stopped.
-
-"Then we'll go in," the sheriff said.
-
-They walked boldly to the front door of the cottage, and the sheriff
-rang the bell. Nobody answered. Three times he rang, and yet nobody came
-to the door, nor could they hear the slightest sound inside the house.
-
-"They're in there, all right; and won't answer!" Sheriff Kowen whispered
-to the deputy. "They have spotted us, and know that we have them
-cornered. I'm going to signal for the other men, and we'll break into
-the place. It's stretching the law a little, maybe, but I'll run the
-risk. This isn't like an ordinary case; we're after the Black Star,
-remember!"
-
-The sheriff gave the signal, and then he and the deputy remained on
-guard and alert for five minutes, at the end of which time half a dozen
-more deputies had come from near-by buildings and joined their superior
-officer. Kowen explained the situation to them in a few words.
-
-"And you want to be ready to go into action!" he concluded. "If the
-Black Star or any of his gang are in this house, they'll be prepared to
-put up a fight, and don't forget it! Watch out for those vapor guns and
-bombs!"
-
-The sheriff rang the bell again, waited for several minutes, gave those
-inside a last chance to come to the door. But he waited in vain.
-
-"Can't afford to waste any more time," he told his men. "We saw that
-Blanchard woman go in there, and, from the way she acted before she did,
-I'm sure this is either the big crook's headquarters or where some of
-his people are living. Every minute we wait out here, we give them a
-chance to get ready for us. Two of you men remain outside and see that
-nobody gets away from the place; I'll call you if we need you inside."
-
-Kowen signaled to one of his biggest deputies. The man advanced, put his
-shoulder against the door, pressed against it.
-
-"Got it bolted, I guess!" he said.
-
-He backed away, rushed forward, struck the door again with his shoulder,
-and burst the door open.
-
-Sheriff Kowen and his deputies sprawled into the little front hall of
-the cottage!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VI
-
-WHAT KOWEN FOUND
-
-
-No volley greeted them.
-
-There was no crash of vapor bombs, no cloud of pungent gas, no clash
-with desperate and determined criminals who fought on behalf of their
-leader and master!
-
-There was nothing but silence--a silence broken only by the deep
-breathing of the sheriff and his deputies, who had sprawled into that
-hall expecting to meet with instant battle, and to whom the unexplained
-silence was more trying than combat.
-
-Again Sheriff Kowen gave a signal, and one of the men opened the door at
-the end of the hall. They entered an ordinary living room that was
-adorned with cheap furniture; it might have been the living room of the
-home of a family in moderate circumstances.
-
-They passed on to a small dining room, investigating an ordinary
-bedchamber. Sheriff Kowen began thinking that he had made a serious
-mistake.
-
-"That woman came in here--and where is she now?" the sheriff said.
-"Search the rest of the house--go into the basement--don't leave a
-corner untouched. We're in here now, and we might as well do our work.
-That woman is here some place, remember that. We saw her come in, and
-she hasn't left."
-
-They searched the kitchen, another small bedroom, and found nothing,
-neither a trace of Mamie Blanchard nor anything that would indicate
-that the cottage was a den of thieves. They located a trap door, and
-opened it, and saw a flight of steps running down into a dark basement.
-
-"Careful!" Kowen warned his men. "They're probably down there waiting
-for us! We'll not all run into the trap!"
-
-He delegated one man to remain above. He flashed his electric torch, but
-could see nothing except the flight of steps and the landing at the
-bottom. With some of the others close behind him, with his electric
-torch in one hand and his revolver in the other, Sheriff Kowen started
-to descend the steps.
-
-Each instant they expected to hear the sound of a shot, or the explosion
-of a vapor bomb, or to encounter one of the traps rumor said the Black
-Star always had in his headquarters. Step by step they descended, but
-nothing happened.
-
-They reached the landing, peered around the corner of a concrete
-projection. Sheriff Kowen gasped.
-
-"Careful!" he warned again. "This is the headquarters, all right, and
-there doesn't seem to be anybody here--but you never can tell. Watch out
-for tricks and traps! Be careful what you touch and where you step. When
-he was after the Black Star before, Roger Verbeck found himself in a
-trap when he thought he was boss of the situation--don't forget that!"
-
-The sheriff stepped to the floor, walked a couple of paces away from the
-steps. He saw an electric switch on the wall, hesitated a moment, and
-then turned it. The basement was bathed in light.
-
-All the deputies with him were on the floor of the basement now. A
-chorus of gasps escaped them.
-
-The basement was not like the rest of the house. It was furnished
-lavishly. In the middle was a long table. At either end was a blackboard
-on the wall. There were half a score of heavy chairs scattered about.
-There were some papers on the table.
-
-"Watch the walls," Kowen instructed. "We've found the new headquarters,
-all right. We'll beat Roger Verbeck and the police this time, thank
-Heaven! Watch the walls--they're liable to open up and let a gang of
-thugs in on us any time. I'm going to look at these papers on the
-table."
-
-He posted his deputies where he wished them, and advanced slowly and
-carefully across the floor. He was afraid the floor would open and
-swallow him, afraid of some clever trap that would turn victory into
-defeat and make him a laughingstock.
-
-He reached the table without accident, and glanced at the papers there.
-There was no handwriting in sight. The papers had been printed with tiny
-rubber stamps. Kowen remembered that such was the Black Star's method.
-
-He picked up the nearest and began reading. His eyes bulged and an
-exclamation escaped him.
-
-"Great--great!" he muttered.
-
-For he was holding in his hands some of the master rogue's orders to his
-band. Moreover, they had to do with the campaign of crime the Black Star
-had promised. Kowen read it swiftly:
-
- Number Eleven reports that all is in readiness in his department.
- Number Four will be at his post a quarter of an hour before
- midnight. Number Ten will have charge of the men opening the
- vault. One of the watchmen is a man of ours and will attend to his
- companion; he is to be bound and gagged afterward by Number Eight,
- as we may need him again and do not want any suspicion attached to
- him. Automobiles will be at either end of the alley. Exit through
- basement door after work is done. The bags of gold are to be put in
- the limousine, which will be driven by Number Twenty.
-
-"This is great!" Kowen told himself again. "If we only can nab the whole
-gang----"
-
-He picked up another sheet of paper, and started reading that. Once more
-an exclamation of satisfaction escaped him.
-
- Midnight, Tuesday. National Trust Company. Preliminary work
- completed. All who have received orders will act accordingly. Must
- be no failure in this first case. Loot will be heavy.
-
-"Going to tap the National Trust, is he?" Sheriff Kowen said. "Well,
-we'll be ready for him at midnight! He's going to run into a bunch of
-trouble."
-
-The chief deputy stepped to his side. "Suppose they find out that we
-have located their headquarters," he said.
-
-"Let us hope they won't find it out," replied the sheriff. "Don't touch
-another thing here."
-
-"How about that woman?"
-
-"That's the one thing that puzzles me," the sheriff admitted. "She came
-in here, and we didn't see her leave, and I don't see where she can be.
-I suppose she came to get orders, or something like that."
-
-"You can bet that there's some other way to get out of here," the deputy
-told him. "You can bet that the Black Star doesn't let his gang hang
-around headquarters much. The way he did before was to have them show up
-one or two at a time, at certain intervals. He's probably issued all his
-orders and has quit for the day."
-
-One of the other deputies startled them.
-
-"Here's a little trap door--and a tunnel!" he said.
-
-Sheriff Kowen hurried to the corner. The deputy had spoken the truth.
-There was a small trap door in the floor, and when it was opened the
-mouth of a narrow tunnel was disclosed. Sheriff Kowen issued his orders
-rapidly. Into the tunnel they went, flashing their electric torches,
-revolvers held ready for instant use.
-
-They followed it a distance of a hundred feet--a dusty tunnel that
-twisted like a serpent. They came to another small door, finally managed
-to get it open--and stepped through the thick wall into the alley!
-
-"So that is it!" the sheriff exclaimed. "That is how the woman got away
-from the house without our seeing her! Careful, now! We'll go back and
-see that everything is as we found it. I've got a little plan that will
-be a winner!"
-
-Back they went through the tunnel. They closed the door, saw that the
-rugs were in place and that everything in the basement was as it should
-be, and went up the flight of steps.
-
-They made sure that nothing in the house had been disturbed, went
-outside, and found that the front door had not been much damaged. One of
-the deputies locked and bolted it on the inside, then got out through a
-window.
-
-"We'll hope that none of his gang has seen us around here," the sheriff
-explained. "I've got to let the police in on this, but we'll get the
-credit, all right. I haven't men enough! We'll have deputies and police
-scattered all around this place to-night, and we'll nab anybody that
-goes into this cottage, either by the front door or the alley tunnel.
-We'll be waiting for Mr. Black Star at the National Trust Company's
-place, too. The police can help, but we'll get the credit! And when we
-get that crook back in jail----"
-
-Sheriff Kowen did not finish the sentence, but some of his deputies
-grinned. They realized that the master crook would be in for a bad hour
-when he was once more behind the bars. Sheriff Kowen knew how to punish
-prisoners who tried to escape.
-
-"The big crook isn't as clever as he was before," the sheriff said. "I
-guess those few months in jail have dulled his wits. If we can catch
-some of those whelps that worked the game on us and got him away, I'll
-be highly gratified. I won't need much help when it comes to teaching
-them a lesson!"
-
-Once more his deputies grinned. They walked to the corner, received
-fresh orders there, and scattered. Sheriff Kowen engaged a taxicab and
-ordered the chauffeur to take him to police headquarters with the
-greatest possible speed, traffic regulations notwithstanding.
-
-He found the chief of police there, and Roger Verbeck in conference with
-him. Verbeck's big roadster was at the curb, and Muggs was at the wheel.
-Kowen grinned at him as he entered the building.
-
-"So here you are!" the chief greeted him. "You've got a nerve to show
-your face after letting the Black Star get away from you!"
-
-"Oh, I don't know!" Kowen said, smiling at them. "Have you gentlemen
-done anything?"
-
-"What can we do except wait until he pulls off a stunt, and then go
-after him?" the chief demanded.
-
-"Go after him first! That is what I did."
-
-"Oh, did you?" asked the chief mildly.
-
-"With some measure of success," said the sheriff modestly. "I have
-discovered the Black Star's headquarters. I have seen some orders to his
-gang that he left scattered around his table. I found nobody at home
-when I called, and have every reason to believe that the crook and his
-gang don't know they have been located."
-
-"Where is the place?" Verbeck asked.
-
-The sheriff told him.
-
-"Possibly you are right," Verbeck said. "But the Black Star is a tricky
-individual, remember. And the orders are----"
-
-"At midnight to-night," said Sheriff Kowen, trying to retain his
-modesty, "the Black Star's gang will try to loot the National Trust
-Company's vaults. Now, let's get down to business!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VII
-
-VERBECK INVESTIGATES
-
-
-Roger Verbeck and the chief looked at the sheriff aghast. His
-announcement had startled them. In his previous career of crime, the
-master criminal had raided that establishment, and had almost wrecked it
-because he removed so many assets.
-
-"How do you know that, Kowen?" the chief demanded.
-
-The sheriff told the story, not sparing himself, for he wanted to
-convince the men before him, and now that the recapture of the Black
-Star seemed so near, he could afford to speak the truth.
-
-He related the story of Mamie Blanchard's first visit to his office, and
-of how he had trailed her after meeting her on the street.
-
-"That woman," said Verbeck, after Kowen had described her carefully, "is
-a member of the old organization, and is known as The Princess. She
-caused us a lot of trouble before."
-
-"She certainly did!" the chief admitted. "She is almost as clever as the
-Black Star, is trusted by him, and handles a lot of his work. We didn't
-get her when we caught the Black Star and smashed his old gang, and we
-had supposed that she had left the country--possibly had gone to South
-America. She came from Brazil, originally."
-
-Then Kowen continued his story, and told of finding the papers on the
-table in the basement.
-
-"That's the part of it I don't like," Verbeck said. "It isn't like the
-master crook to leave papers like those scattered around."
-
-"Didn't you get into his old headquarters once and find papers and
-orders there?" the sheriff demanded.
-
-"I did, I'll admit. But really I do not like the appearance of this.
-Describe that basement room to me again, Kowen."
-
-The sheriff did so.
-
-"Well, you seem to have described the room I saw last night," Roger
-Verbeck said. "Perhaps you are right; but I think we are assuming too
-much when we think the Black Star's people are not aware of the visit of
-you and your men there. It would be more like him to have the place
-watched continually."
-
-"It all looks good to me," the chief put in. "I happen to know that the
-National Trust Company has a lot of gold in its vault just now--and you
-can bet that the Black Star knows it, too. That organization of his is a
-wonder. Why, my own secretary might belong to it, for all I know. We
-found a police captain in the old one, remember."
-
-"Well, what are we going to do about it?" the sheriff asked.
-
-"What have you to suggest? It's your game," the chief reminded him.
-
-"I've got to have the help of the police, of course," Kowen replied. "I
-haven't men enough, and this job calls for trained men. I think we
-should combine forces."
-
-"Certainly," the chief agreed.
-
-"We ought to have a gang around the block that contains that cottage,
-ready to nab anybody that goes in or comes out; and we ought to be
-ready for the crook and his gang at the National Trust."
-
-"How do you want to work it?" the chief asked. "Do you want to watch the
-cottage with your men?"
-
-"I'll send some of my men there, and you do the same," Kowen replied.
-"And we'll both have men around the bank. I want to be there when the
-big row comes off. Let's figure it out!"
-
-"Mr. Verbeck is in command of this, as far as I am concerned," the chief
-informed him.
-
-"That suits me," the sheriff replied.
-
-They spent an hour perfecting their plans, and then the chief began
-issuing his orders. Those orders went to officers in all parts of the
-city. They were of such a nature that the Black Star, if some
-confederate reported them to him, would not be exactly sure what they
-meant, except that the chief of police expected him to attempt some
-gigantic crime and would have his men in readiness.
-
-"If you see that Blanchard woman again, put her in the jug!" the chief
-told the sheriff. "If you are afraid of a suit for damages, turn her
-over to me. I'm not! She's The Princess, and there is a little charge
-pending against her right now. Don't forget that."
-
-"If I had arrested her to-day, I wouldn't have found the crook's
-headquarters," Kowen retorted. "But I'll nab her if I see her again, all
-right!"
-
-The sheriff, well pleased with the arrangements that had been made, left
-police headquarters and hurried to his own office, to give orders to his
-own men. Kowen was exceedingly well pleased with himself. Even the chief
-of police, his ancient enemy, admitted that he had done the work. Kowen
-could see, in fancy, the newspapers of the following morning, with
-their glowing accounts of how, within twenty-four hours after the Black
-Star's escape, he had located the crook's headquarters, had learned his
-plans, and had captured him again and broken up his band. That should be
-political capital, Sheriff Kowen thought.
-
-He reached his office, called his chief deputy, and gave him
-instructions. He warned the man that orders should be issued carefully
-so that the Black Star might not learn what was planned.
-
-"We don't want to let that crook think we are wise to his game," Kowen
-said. "If he does, he'll simply move his headquarters and call off this
-little robbery. Then we'll have to start all over again--and I want to
-get that man back in a cell before to-morrow. Newspapers and public jump
-on me, will they? To-morrow they'll be saying how great I am!"
-
-The chief of police had remained in his office to make further plans.
-Roger Verbeck left, and went out to the roadster. He ordered Muggs to
-drive to a certain corner across the city. That meant that Roger Verbeck
-had some deep thinking to do, for, when he had not, he drove the big
-roadster himself. So Muggs, with a thousand questions trembling on his
-lips, kept silent, though he looked at Verbeck reproachfully now and
-then.
-
-Muggs reached the corner Verbeck had designated, and glanced around
-scornfully. Muggs did not favor this section of the city. It reminded
-him too much of certain quarters of Paris where he had existed in years
-gone by, when he had been a criminal.
-
-"Wait here," Verbeck said.
-
-"Aw, boss, ain't I in on this?" Muggs protested.
-
-"Want to have the car tagged for being left longer than the law allows
-on this street?" Verbeck demanded. "If I am not back in twenty minutes,
-drive around the block and wait on the opposite corner--and keep that up
-until I do put in an appearance."
-
-"This ain't a sweet end of town," Muggs said.
-
-"Are you feeling a certain amount of alarm for me, Muggs? Have you an
-idea that I cannot take care of myself, in broad daylight?"
-
-"Aw!" Muggs exclaimed, in huge disgust.
-
-"You'll get plenty of action, Muggs, before this thing is over, if that
-is what is bothering you," Verbeck said. "What I am going to do just now
-calls for one man, and only one."
-
-Verbeck walked down the street, and Muggs hunched down behind the wheel
-and glared at those who passed.
-
-Verbeck turned the first corner and disappeared, as far as Muggs was
-concerned. He journeyed another block, turned another corner, and so
-approached the little cottage that Sheriff Kowen had investigated. He
-walked past it slowly, and glanced at the building. There was no sign of
-life about it.
-
-Verbeck went on around the block and turned into the alley. He found the
-little door in the wall, but there appeared to be no way of opening it
-from the outside. He hurried on through the alley and made his way to
-the front again. If this was, in reality, the Black Star's headquarters,
-Verbeck did not want to spoil things by having some of the band see him
-loitering in the neighborhood.
-
-He returned to the roadster, told Muggs to drive him home, and grinned
-at the look of disgust in Muggs' face.
-
-"Ain't I in on this at all, boss?" Muggs wanted to know. "Gee! When we
-was after that big crook before, you let me know everything. Don't you
-trust me no more?"
-
-"Certainly I trust you!" Verbeck told him. "You know that I do! But why
-bother you with minor details? In other words, Muggs, I am not sure of
-anything yet."
-
-Reaching his rooms, Roger Verbeck spent the remainder of the day reading
-books, as if the Black Star and his band did not exist and call for
-thought. He ordered dinner earlier than usual, and then dressed in a
-plain dark suit, and put on a soft cap.
-
-"Into the roadster again, old boy," he told Muggs. "Drive me to the same
-corner."
-
-Muggs did so gladly; but when the corner was reached, he was disgusted
-once more to find that Verbeck wanted him to remain with the car.
-
-"I don't seem to be nothin' but a chauffeur," he complained to the world
-at large. "I used to amount to somethin', but I guess I don't any more."
-
-"Muggs, I told you that this is a one-man job," Verbeck said. "And I am
-the one man!"
-
-He walked on down the street, chuckling at Muggs' grumbling. He passed
-the little cottage once more. There seemed to be no lights inside it.
-The yard about it was in pitch darkness, for the glare of the street
-lights was cut off by the high buildings on either side, by the
-billboards in front and the alley wall behind.
-
-Verbeck slipped inside the yard. For a time he stood against the
-billboard and listened, and then he went forward like a shadow, and
-finally reached a corner of the cottage.
-
-He made his way around the building, listening at doors and windows. He
-found a window unlatched, and raised it inch by inch, without making the
-slightest noise. A moment later, Roger Verbeck was inside the house.
-
-He held his electric torch ready, and his automatic. Not a sound reached
-his ears to indicate the presence of any other human being in the house.
-Verbeck flashed the torch, located a door, passed through it, and was in
-the kitchen.
-
-There he found the door leading to the basement, and listened beside it
-for some time. Then he opened it, slowly, cautiously, a bit at a time.
-There was no light in the basement.
-
-Verbeck propped the door open with a chair, and descended the steps
-carefully, not flashing his torch. He reached the bottom, listened for
-some time, and then pressed the button. The shaft of light flashed
-across the room.
-
-"Kowen was right--this is the place!" Verbeck told himself. "The
-furniture--everything seems to be the same. But I don't like it. It
-doesn't seem right, at all. I never knew the Black Star to be careless
-like this before."
-
-Verbeck flashed his electric torch again and looked carefully around the
-room. He even walked across to the table and read the orders Sheriff
-Kowen had found there. The house was being watched by the police and
-deputies by this time, Verbeck knew, for the men had received orders to
-take up their positions soon after nightfall. The officers could be
-depended upon to capture anybody who visited the cottage.
-
-Verbeck went back up the steps, crept through the house, and got out
-through the window by which he had entered, and which he now closed
-again. As he moved away from the house, an officer spoke to him.
-
-"I thought that was you, Mr. Verbeck," he said. "Have you been inside?"
-
-"Yes. There is nobody there now," Verbeck replied. "Is the door in the
-alley wall being watched?"
-
-"Yes, sir," said the officer. "We've got good men scattered all around
-the place. If that big crook or any of his people come near here,
-they'll be nabbed!"
-
-Verbeck hurried up the street and sprang into the roadster, smiling at
-Muggs' sour look.
-
-"Drive to police headquarters, Muggs," he directed. "We'll stay there
-until a little before midnight, and then we'll go to the National Trust
-Company with the chief and his men, and watch for the Black Star. If he
-really attempts to rob that place to-night, he is going to be caught in
-the act."
-
-"I'd like to get my two hands on him!" Muggs growled.
-
-"Perhaps you'll have the chance," Verbeck said.
-
-"If I do," Muggs said, "you can bet that the big crook will have a sore
-throat for a month!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER VIII
-
-MYSTERY AND AN ALARM
-
-
-Muggs drove the powerful roadster slowly through the streets. The
-newsboys were crying extra editions of the evening papers, editions that
-had a great deal in them concerning the master crook and his intentions.
-Verbeck had Muggs stop, and bought the papers, and was glad to see that
-there was no inkling of Kowen's discovery in them.
-
-Verbeck did not feel satisfied. Remembering the Black Star's methods, he
-could not convince himself that the master rogue would let himself be
-captured again just as he inaugurated his campaign of crime. If the
-National Trust Company was to be robbed, the Black Star would be there
-in person, unless he had changed his tactics, for previously he always
-had commanded his men during a big crime.
-
-But even the greatest criminals are wrecked by trivial accidents,
-Verbeck knew well, and so he tried to tell himself that it was a
-careless woman member of the band who had betrayed the crook's
-headquarters and plans. Yet it was foreign to the character of The
-Princess, as Mamie Blanchard was called by the members of the
-organization, to be careless.
-
-"Well, we'll know the truth soon!" Roger Verbeck told himself.
-
-They reached police headquarters and went inside. The chief was waiting
-for them.
-
-"Everything ready!" he announced. "We're going to land that crook quick
-this time! I'm taking no chances, you can bet! I'll have every available
-man around the National Trust Company's building. I've got some of them
-inside right now, and in the adjoining building, and there will be a
-crowd in the alley and in the streets."
-
-"I went up and took a look at that cottage," Verbeck said.
-
-"So that's what you were up to!" Muggs put in.
-
-"How did it look?" the chief asked.
-
-"Well, I can't swear to it, of course, but that basement room looked
-like the one where the Black Star had me last night; and the orders
-Kowen told us about were on the table. I didn't touch them, but I read
-them."
-
-"Let us hope the crook doesn't get wise to the fact that we are on to
-him," said the chief.
-
-"The chances are," said Verbeck, "that he had completed his work when
-Kowen and his men got inside the house, and that the Blanchard woman was
-the last of the band to visit there to-day. If the Black Star follows
-out his usual method, he'll hurry back there after he pulls off the
-robbery, providing we don't get him at the bank."
-
-"And if he dodges us at the bank, the men will pick him up when he goes
-back to the cottage--very pretty!" the chief said. "Verbeck, I have an
-idea that we are going to win to-night. The rogue's good luck has
-deserted him, that's all."
-
-The chief opened a box of cigars and passed it around. From time to time
-a sergeant came in to report about men being posted. Now and then some
-detective telephoned rumors and information he had gathered.
-
-"The streets are jammed," the chief said, after one of these telephone
-calls. "The blamed newspapers are out with big stories of how the Black
-Star telephoned them that he would start his campaign of crime at
-midnight. Well, somebody in the mob might get hurt, but it helps us, in
-a way. It has been easier for us to get our men placed without some of
-the crook's gang reporting the fact to him."
-
-"Oh, the chances are that he knows all about it," Verbeck said. "And he
-probably doesn't care. The Black Star is original, don't forget that.
-He'll not try to rob that trust company in any usual manner. He'll get
-into the building with his men in some way we do not expect, and if
-we're not on guard he'll get out again--with bags of gold. Did you
-inform the bank officials?"
-
-"Great Scott, no!" gasped the chief. "They'd light up the place, remove
-the gold, give the whole thing away. We want to catch the Black Star.
-I'll guarantee that he'll never get away with anything there to-night.
-You don't seem to have much confidence, Verbeck."
-
-"I haven't," Verbeck admitted. "I fought the Black Star before, you
-know. I can't make myself think that he will walk into a trap--yet
-everything seems to point toward it. Well, I'll be going, I guess. It is
-eleven o'clock now."
-
-Muggs followed him to the curb, and this time Verbeck took the wheel
-when they got into the roadster. He drove through the city and toward
-the place where he lived, and, when he was sure that he was not being
-followed, he circled through the streets and approached the retail
-section of the city again.
-
-Verbeck parked the roadster several blocks away from the National Trust
-Company. Then he and Muggs made their way through the crowd in the
-street, their caps pulled down over their eyes, Verbeck hoping that he
-would escape recognition.
-
-They went through an alley, and stopped in the darkness just before they
-reached the other street. The rear of the trust company building was
-just opposite them.
-
-"A quarter to twelve," Verbeck whispered. "The chief is to meet us here.
-The sergeants know where he is to be in case he is needed quickly."
-
-"Why not get into the bank building?" Muggs asked. "Are we going to stay
-here in the alley and let a bunch of policemen do this thing? Gee, boss,
-ain't we goin' to handle it ourselves?"
-
-"We'll be right on hand, Muggs, if anything starts," Verbeck promised
-him. "Don't worry about that!"
-
-Five minutes later, the chief found them there.
-
-"Now for the big drama!" the chief whispered. "Everybody is set and
-ready. That master criminal, as he calls himself, is due to receive the
-surprise of his life in a few minutes. I only hope he is on the job
-himself--glad to nab any of his crowd, of course, but he is the man we
-want in particular."
-
-"Those orders read 'midnight,'" Verbeck said. "If he carries them out,
-we haven't long to wait."
-
-"Got an idea he won't carry 'em out?" the chief asked.
-
-"He may know that we are aware of his intention," Verbeck replied. "He
-isn't fool enough to walk into a trap when he knows where the trap is,
-you know."
-
-The chief flashed his torch and glanced at his watch.
-
-"Well, it's three minutes of midnight now," he said. "I wonder how he'll
-try it."
-
-"He certainly will not walk up to the front door and break it down,"
-said Verbeck, chuckling.
-
-"I've got men in the basements of the buildings on both sides of the
-trust company," the chief said. "If he tries to use a tunnel, he'll find
-himself caught."
-
-"He came down from the sky on one occasion," Verbeck reminded the chief.
-
-"Look!" Muggs cried.
-
-He had glanced up at the sky as Verbeck spoke, and now was clutching at
-their sleeves and asking them to look up, too. Far above the city a
-bright light appeared, a light that traveled in circles. It grew larger
-and brighter rapidly. It blazed forth like a monster searchlight, and
-bathed in splendor the building of the National Trust Company.
-
-"Airplane!" Muggs gasped.
-
-"Then he's a long way up in the air," said the chief. "An airplane makes
-considerable noise! It isn't an airplane!"
-
-"Then what is it?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"You've got me--but it isn't an airplane, or, if it is, it must be a
-couple of miles high. That light doesn't seem to be that high up."
-
-The crowds in the street were yelling and shrieking now. The searchlight
-continued to bathe the trust company's building in brilliance. The
-police and deputies posted around the corner were amazed. Sheriff Kowen,
-on the other side of the building, ran around like an insane man,
-calling upon his men to do something.
-
-The light was extinguished; and again it blazed forth, and this time it
-swept up and down the alley, revealing the chief and Verbeck and Muggs,
-and officers who had been posted there.
-
-"The Black Star has something to do with that!" the chief said.
-
-"And he's spotted us!" said Verbeck.
-
-"Then we lose, for he'll not try to rob the trust company."
-
-"Don't be too sure of that! Some of his band may be in there now, and
-this light, wherever it is, may be to attract our attention while other
-men carry away the loot."
-
-"I've got plenty of men in the building," the chief replied, "and
-they'll flash a signal the moment they see anybody that doesn't belong
-in there. That light gets me. How high do you suppose it is?"
-
-"It's comin' closer to the ground," said Muggs.
-
-Once more the light was extinguished, and the crowds in the street grew
-silent. Again it blazed forth, and this time it was so bright and near
-that a man could not look into it.
-
-Then they heard a laugh, and the well-known voice of the Black Star.
-
-"Hello, chief! Hello, Verbeck and Muggs! Watching the trust company, are
-you? I'm afraid that'll not do any good!"
-
-The chief drew his revolver and fired rapidly into the air. The Black
-Star's sarcastic laugh reached them, and the light was extinguished
-again. The sky was black; they saw nothing, heard nothing.
-
-"What kind of a thing is this?" the chief gasped. "He wasn't more than
-a hundred feet above us when he spoke. What can it be? He can't be in an
-airplane, or we'd hear the roar of the engine!"
-
-"And his band is probably looting the vault of the trust company right
-now, or has looted it!" Verbeck said.
-
-He ran quickly across the street, and Muggs and the chief followed at
-his heels. They knocked on a rear door of the building, and it was
-opened at once.
-
-"Everything all right?" the chief asked.
-
-"Nothing doing yet, chief," replied the detective who had opened the
-door.
-
-"We'll take a look and make sure," the chief said. "I don't like this
-business at all!"
-
-They went through a corridor and found the two watchmen. They had the
-lights in the vault room switched on.
-
-"That vault hasn't been touched," Verbeck said, "unless they have
-tunneled from beneath. The door hasn't been opened."
-
-"That crook was wise," the chief declared. "He knew that we were here
-waiting for him. How he found it out is more than I can tell--some of
-Sheriff Kowen's carelessness, I suppose."
-
-A detective came running toward them through the corridor.
-
-"Chief!" he shrieked. "Sergeant just came from headquarters! He says
-that the Black Star's gang is looting the First National--just got the
-alarm!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER IX
-
-ORDERS AND LETTERS
-
-
-The forces of law and order would have been interested, that day, had
-they watched Mamie Blanchard continually.
-
-When she entered the little cottage, she locked the door on the inside,
-hurried through the kitchen and into the basement, and entered the
-tunnel. She went through it quickly, reached the door in the alley wall,
-listened, opened it, slipped into the alley, and slammed the door shut
-again. That door could not be opened from the outside unless a person
-knew exactly how to do it.
-
-Mamie Blanchard hurried through the alley to the street, engaged a
-taxicab, and drove to a certain hotel, where she ascended in the
-elevator and went directly to a suite. It was not the same hotel she had
-visited after telling Sheriff Kowen about the gambling house, but she
-found the same people there--a middle-aged woman and a middle-aged man.
-
-"Well?" the man asked gruffly.
-
-"Couldn't be better," said Mamie Blanchard.
-
-"What happened?"
-
-"I let him see me, and he took me to his office in the jail. Said he
-knew that I was a member of the Black Star's band, and threatened to put
-me in a cell if I didn't tell all I knew. I bluffed him, of course, and
-then he got the wise idea of letting me go and trailing me. You could
-almost see it sticking out on his forehead." Miss Blanchard stopped to
-laugh.
-
-"Go on!" the man commanded.
-
-"The sheriff and a deputy trailed me. When I got near the cottage, I
-began acting in a peculiar manner. I hurried inside, locked the door,
-and went out through the tunnel and the alley. At the corner, I saw the
-sheriff and his deputy still looking at the cottage."
-
-"Well, you did your part!" the man said. "Now we'll wait to learn
-whether the rest of the plan worked out."
-
-They waited for half an hour. Then the telephone rang, and the man
-answered. When he hung up the receiver and turned away, he was grinning.
-
-"It worked!" he said. "Number Ten has just reported. The sheriff sent
-for more men, and broke into the house. They found the basement room and
-read the orders, and they found the tunnel, too. Number Ten reports that
-the sheriff has gone to police headquarters."
-
-"And that means," said Mamie Blanchard, "that there'll be half a hundred
-cops around that cottage to-night, and all the rest will be at the
-National Trust Company."
-
-"Exactly! And while they are at the National Trust, we'll be looting the
-First National. That fake headquarters did the trick--just as the big
-boss said it would!"
-
-"What now, Landers?" Miss Blanchard asked.
-
-It was the first time she had spoken his name. Like herself, Landers had
-been in the Black Star's old organization, and now was one of the master
-criminal's shrewd lieutenants. He had helped organize the new band, and
-had engineered the Black Star's rescue.
-
-"I must go and report," he said. "I'll report for you, too. You'd
-better stay pretty close to this suite for a few days. They'll be
-looking for you now, you know."
-
-"I might as well be in jail as be a prisoner here," Mamie Blanchard
-pouted.
-
-"It's orders!" Landers told her. "You'll be needed again soon, and
-needed badly."
-
-Landers left the hotel, engaged a taxicab, and drove out along the river
-road until he came to a resort. He paid the chauffeur there, and walked
-along the shore, watching the bathers, acting like a prosperous man on a
-little holiday.
-
-But after a time he left the resort and walked on along the road. He
-turned into a lane, when he was sure that he was not being observed, and
-approached a ramshackle farmhouse that was hidden in a grove.
-
-Landers entered the house, went down a flight of steps to the basement,
-and stopped in a little room. There he put on a long black robe and his
-black mask, and touched a button. In the distance a bell tinkled. Then a
-buzzer sounded, and Landers opened the door and stepped into the Black
-Star's headquarters.
-
-The master rogue was sitting at one end of the table. He got up and
-stepped to the nearest blackboard. Landers went to the one at the other
-end of the room, and picked up the chalk.
-
-"Number One," he wrote.
-
-"Countersign?" wrote the Black Star.
-
-"Amboy."
-
-"Report!" the Black Star wrote.
-
-Landers turned to the blackboard and wrote rapidly.
-
-"Sheriff decoyed to fake headquarters. Decoy escaped in manner planned.
-Sheriff broke in and found room in basement. Number Ten reported to me
-that everything was left as it was, and that sheriff went immediately to
-police headquarters."
-
-"Good," wrote the Black Star.
-
-"Any further orders?"
-
-"Act to-night in accordance with the orders given you yesterday," the
-Black Star wrote. "That is all."
-
-Landers bowed, and backed from the room. He took off mask and gown and
-hung them up, put on his hat and gloves, and made his way from the house
-and into the lane again. Once more he was the prosperous gentleman
-enjoying a day in the woods and along the river.
-
-Back in the old farmhouse, the Black Star was receiving another report,
-this time by telephone.
-
-"Number Eight," said the voice.
-
-"Countersign?" asked the Black Star.
-
-"Harvard!"
-
-"Well?"
-
-"I have been in communication with Number Twelve, who is in police
-headquarters. Sheriff Kowen went there and held a conference with the
-chief and Roger Verbeck. They fell hard for that fake headquarters
-stunt. They are planning to watch the place to-night, and all officers
-not there will be in the neighborhood of the National Trust Company,
-where they expect us to strike."
-
-"Very good!" the Black Star said. "You have your orders for to-night?"
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-"Carry them out. There is nothing new!"
-
-The master rogue hung up the receiver, put the telephone away in a
-secret niche in the wall, and sat down at the end of the long table
-again. A man entered with a tray containing luncheon, and the Black Star
-removed his mask and ate. The servant was a member of the old
-organization, and took part in no crimes--it was not necessary for the
-Black Star to wear a mask in his presence.
-
-Having eaten, the master criminal stretched himself on a couch in one
-corner of the room, and slept. It was dusk when he awakened. He ate
-again, and as he finished the little bell on the wall jangled. The Black
-Star put on his mask, and touched a button.
-
-The robed and masked man who entered was small. He went directly to the
-blackboard.
-
-"Number Sixteen," he wrote.
-
-"Countersign?"
-
-"Providence."
-
-"Report!"
-
-"First National received shipment of currency to-day as expected," the
-other wrote.
-
-"What amount?"
-
-"Three hundred thousand."
-
-"What else have you to report?"
-
-"One of the watchmen is our man, and he will attend to the other. Number
-Twenty has investigated the vault, and reports that he can open it in
-twelve or fifteen minutes."
-
-"How about transportation?" the Black Star wrote.
-
-"One limousine and three closed autos; all has been arranged."
-
-"Good!" the Black Star wrote. "That is all--except I want no mistakes
-made to-night."
-
-The other man left the room. The master criminal touched a bell button,
-and the servant entered.
-
-"Has the mechanic reported?" the Black Star asked.
-
-"Yes, sir. The machine is in perfect working order, sir. He will test it
-further after dark."
-
-"Very well. I want him to be ready to start about eleven thirty, perhaps
-a quarter of an hour sooner than that."
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-The servant bowed and left the room. The Black Star took paper out of a
-drawer, and a box of rubber stamps, and began composing a letter that
-was to cause the chief of police, the sheriff and Roger Verbeck much
-chagrin before morning.
-
- To those poor fools whom it most concerns:
-
- I was amused at the manner in which you guarded the little cottage
- so well. That fake headquarters was placed there in order to have
- you send all officers to the National Trust Building. I understand
- it fooled even Roger Verbeck. You may place all the blame on the
- sheriff, since he responded so well to my decoy. While you guard
- the National Trust, I shall be looting the First National of the
- shipment of currency it received to-day. It is the first blow in my
- campaign. And when you learn that I am looting it, and rush there,
- I shall----But you will know what by the time you read this note.
-
-The Black Star put the folded note into an envelope, and addressed it to
-the chief of police. Then he composed another to be mailed to a
-prominent newspaper.
-
- I, the Black Star, begin my campaign to-night. Three nights from
- now, I and my men shall steal certain jewels and art objects that
- are famous. You may guess what they are, and where. Guard all
- jewels and objects of art in the city, if you wish, but that will
- not prevent us from getting them. *****
-
-The Black Star put the letter into an envelope, addressed it, and then
-put both letters into one of his pockets. He glanced at his watch, and
-took off his robe, but retained the mask. He donned a heavy ulster, and
-rang for the servant again.
-
-"Tell the mechanic to be ready in ten minutes," he said.
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-"After I have left the house, throw on the protecting current, and do
-not turn it off unless you get the proper signal."
-
-"I understand, sir."
-
-"The wires were tested this afternoon?"
-
-"Yes, sir; everything is in excellent condition."
-
-"Good!" said the Black Star.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER X
-
-A DOUBLE CRIME
-
-
-At a quarter of twelve that night, a man walked rapidly through the
-alley behind the First National Bank. He knocked on the basement door of
-the building adjoining. The door was opened by a watchman.
-
-"Everything's all right," the watchman reported.
-
-"Did you attend to that other fellow?"
-
-"He'll sleep for a couple of hours yet."
-
-"Fine work. You are to disappear after this, of course. Go to the hiding
-place arranged for you, and you will be sent ample funds. You are not to
-attempt to leave the city until you get orders to do so. Understand?"
-
-"Sure. I know my business, all right."
-
-"You'd better! The boss is going to be mighty strict during this
-campaign of his. The man who makes a mistake or disobeys orders won't
-last very long. Where are the robes?"
-
-The watchman opened a box, took out a robe, and handed it over. The
-other man put it on quickly, affixed the mask, and started toward a door
-that opened into the basement of the bank building adjoining. At the
-door, he turned again.
-
-"Let the others in, and tell them that they are to hurry," he told the
-watchman. "They'll give the usual signal, of course. Hand them their
-masks and gowns."
-
-He opened the door and hurried into the other basement, went up a flight
-of steps, unlocked another door, and was on the first floor of the bank.
-
-Down in the basement, the watchman admitted other men who arrived two
-minutes apart, until twelve in all were in the building, and gave them
-robes and masks. They hurried into the other basement and up the stairs,
-and took up their positions.
-
-Some guarded the stairways that led to the second floor. Others were
-scattered around the first floor, watching the doors and windows. Two
-hurried into the vault room.
-
-The shades had been drawn at all the windows, and were fastened securely
-at the sides and bottoms so that no light could be seen from the
-outside. An electric torch was flashed on the door of the vault, and
-held there, and one of the men began working on the lock with tools
-taken from beneath his robe.
-
-"It's a cinch!" he whispered. "The more intricate they are, the easier
-it is to open them. I didn't work once in a safe factory for nothing!"
-
-Save for the rasping of tools against steel and the heavy breathing of
-the man who worked, there was silence in the vault room and in the rest
-of the building. Presently there came a sharp click, the workman gasped
-his satisfaction and stood up. The big door was pulled open.
-
-Both men hurried inside the vault. They began stuffing packages of bills
-into canvas bags which had been in the box with the robes.
-
-"That's all!" one of them whispered to the other. "The boss said for us
-not to bother with securities or any of the small stuff. We'll go!"
-
-"We'd better, or they'll be on us in another minute," the other man
-replied nervously. "When you opened that door you sent in an alarm."
-
-"And it went to a protective agency where the man on night duty is one
-of us," the other replied, chuckling. "He'll have to give out the alarm,
-of course, but by the time he gives it out, we'll be far away. What time
-is it now?"
-
-"Twelve thirty."
-
-"Just right! Send the signal to the others. The lieutenant is standing
-by the window at the end of the hall."
-
-A hiss escaped the man's lips, and was carried and echoed through the
-building. The men gathered in the corridor, the lieutenant made sure all
-of them were there, and then they descended into the basement, and
-passed from it to the one adjoining.
-
-"Signal for the autos," the watchman was ordered. "Then make your own
-get-away. And be sure you remember all that you've been told. Obey
-orders!"
-
-The watchman stepped into the dark alley, and flashed an electric torch
-five times. A chauffeur at the mouth of the alley counted the flashes,
-and honked his horn. A procession of four automobiles started through
-the alley.
-
-They did not stop, but merely slowed down, and into each machine sprang
-the men who had been assigned seats there. The automobiles continued
-through the alley and turned into the next street, where the chauffeurs
-put on speed.
-
-There were few persons in that particular section of the city at the
-time, but those who were on the street saw the automobiles filled with
-robed and masked men. They knew what that meant--that the Black Star's
-band was working in the vicinity. Their terror kept them dumb until the
-automobiles had disappeared, and then they gave the alarm. They knew
-that there was but one thing in that section that would attract the
-master crook--and that was the vault of the old First National. The
-alarm went to police headquarters.
-
-A few blocks down the street, the automobiles scattered, and one by one
-made their way to dark parts of the town, where the men in them took off
-their robes and masks, and, one by one, left the machines and darted
-away.
-
-The band was scattered fifteen minutes after the vault had been looted,
-and one machine, a closed one, was running out along the river road
-toward the resort. The chauffeur drove in a leisurely manner, and the
-car attracted no undue attention.
-
-At the end of the lane running to the old farmhouse, where it was pitch
-dark, the door of the closed car was opened, and a man sprang out. The
-automobile went on along the river road. The man who had jumped from it
-carried two canvas bags stuffed with currency. He was Landers, the Black
-Star's trusted lieutenant.
-
-Landers hurried along the lane, entered the grove about the house, and
-took a telephone from its hiding place behind a clump of brush. He
-called the house, and the servant who remained on guard at the
-headquarters answered.
-
-Landers gave a password, then put the telephone away and sprang to his
-feet. He came to the wire fence that ran around the house, but he did
-not touch it. He knew that it was charged with a deadly current. A light
-flashed in a window, and Landers opened the gate and went on to the
-house. He disappeared inside. His work for the night was done, except
-that he had to turn in the swag.
-
-But the Black Star and his band were not done for the night. The men who
-had left the automobiles and scattered, immediately made their way to
-the National Trust Company's building, and lost themselves in the throng
-of people there. They bumped elbows with policemen and deputies and
-detectives, and grinned when they recognized one another in the crowd.
-
-They were in time to hear the alarm given, and to see policemen spring
-into automobiles and hurry away. They saw Muggs drive through the crowd,
-and Roger Verbeck spring into the roadster and start for the First
-National Bank. Word flashed through the crowd that the master rogue's
-band was looting the First National, and the crowd melted away like snow
-beneath a blazing sun, hurrying toward the scene of the robbery.
-
-One by one, and cautiously, the Black Star's men entered the alley
-behind the National Trust Company's building. Here, too, a basement door
-was opened for them by a watchman. Once more they put on masks and gowns
-from a supply that was in readiness, and posted their guards in the
-building. Once more two selected men hurried into the vault room.
-
-They began their work on the door of the vault; and suddenly the Black
-Star himself appeared before them, his face masked, the flaming star of
-jet on the hood of his robe.
-
-"Make it as quick as possible!" he ordered. "We don't want to be here
-too long. Did things go all right at the other place? Was the get-away
-good?"
-
-"Everything went off as planned, sir," one of the men reported. "The
-work was done to the minute, and the get-away was as you had ordered,
-sir."
-
-"Disguise your voice when you speak to me, you fool!" the Black Star
-said. "And hurry with that vault! We can't spend all night getting
-inside that box!"
-
-The rasping of tools against steel, the heavy breathing of the workman
-told that the man was doing his best to hurry. But the vault of the
-National Trust Company was a complicated affair, and it was a quarter of
-an hour before the door finally was swung open.
-
-"Lively, now!" the Black Star commanded. "Those bags of gold are what we
-want--and all we want here at this time. Get them to the rear door as
-soon as possible, and signal for the autos. All you men get busy!"
-
-The masked and robed members of the band carried the heavy bags from the
-vault, hurried through the corridor with them, went down the stairs, and
-to the basement door.
-
-The Black Star watched the work. When it was completed, he walked across
-the room to the nearest telephone, took down the receiver, and gave the
-number of police headquarters.
-
-"Is the chief there?" he asked.
-
-"He's here, but he's busy. What do you want with him? Who is this?" the
-desk sergeant demanded.
-
-"I think he'll talk to me, all right. This is the Black Star talking."
-
-There was an exclamation at the other end of the wire, and presently the
-chief spoke.
-
-"Hello! This is the chief!"
-
-"This is the Black Star! Did my new searchlight puzzle you a bit
-to-night, chief? When you know the secret you'll be more startled than
-puzzled. Did you wonder where my voice came from, and how I happened to
-be in the air just over you? Maybe you got the idea that I was putting
-on a ventriloquist's act."
-
-"We'll get you, you fiend!" the chief cried angrily into the
-transmitter.
-
-"Why, chief, how violent you sound! I am afraid you are working yourself
-into a passion."
-
-"You got away with it this time, but you'll not do it again. And you had
-to lie to do it this time!"
-
-"Indeed? How is that?"
-
-"You used to boast of what you were going to do, and dare us to catch
-you at it, and you always told the truth in those days. You must be
-losing your nerve. You said, you crook, that you were going to rob the
-National Trust--and then you went after the First National."
-
-"Oh, that was just a little job on the side!" the Black Star said. "I
-told you no falsehood, chief. I said that I would rob the National
-Trust, and that is exactly what I have done. I am speaking from the
-vault room of the National Trust this very minute. I have just removed
-several bags of gold coins!"
-
-"What's that?" the chief cried.
-
-"I am leaving a letter here in the vault room for you, chief, and have
-just mailed another to a certain newspaper. You'd better come right over
-here and get your letter, chief. And thanks so much for rushing all
-your silly policemen over to the First National when you got the alarm,
-so they would not bother my men here. It was very thoughtful of you!"
-
-The Black Star laughed, and put up the receiver. He laid the letter
-addressed to the chief in the middle of the table, and pasted little
-black stars around the room on the marble. He ran to a rear window and
-saw three automobiles passing through the alley. In them were his men,
-he knew, and also the gold coin taken from the supposedly impregnable
-vault of the National Trust.
-
-The Black Star laughed again, went to the stairs, and began mounting
-them, flight by flight, stopping now and then to laugh at a bound and
-gagged watchman. Presently he reached the roof by means of a trap door.
-He closed the door again, and fastened it securely. Then he took an
-electric torch from his pocket, and flashed a signal toward the sky.
-
-He removed his robe, rolled it up, put it beneath his arm. He picked up
-his heavy ulster from the roof, where he had left it before descending
-into the bank, and put it on.
-
-Once more he pointed the electric torch upward and flashed a signal.
-Then he touched match to cigarette, walked to the edge of the building,
-and glanced over.
-
-He heard the sirens of police automobiles in the distance. He saw the
-machines stop and policemen spring from them. He watched as they gained
-entrance to the building, saw a crowd gathering in the street below. The
-Black Star chuckled again, took a vapor bomb from the pocket of his
-ulster, and hurled it at the street. It struck, exploded, and a cloud of
-white, pungent vapor drifted across the pavement. Shrieks and cries of
-alarm reached his ears. He saw one policeman stagger and fall, overcome
-by the gas.
-
-The Black Star, still chuckling, walked back to the middle of the roof.
-He flashed another signal, and then returned the torch to his pocket.
-
-He laughed again--and waited!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XI
-
-MORE MYSTERY
-
-
-Police headquarters was thrown into a turmoil for the second time that
-night when the chief received the master criminal's telephone message.
-
-Roger Verbeck and Muggs rushed for the roadster, sprang in, and drove
-like mad through the streets toward the National Trust Company's
-building.
-
-The chief shrieked his orders, officers tumbled into department
-automobiles, and followed Verbeck. They reached their destination, and
-sprang out. Verbeck already had ascertained that the front doors of the
-bank were locked and bolted. He rushed around to the alley, followed by
-Muggs, the chief, and a dozen officers. A detective hurried to telephone
-Sheriff Kowen.
-
-The basement door was open, and they rushed inside. They found the
-watchman bound and gagged--he was a member of the Black Star's band, but
-they needed him again, and so made the attempt to remove all suspicion.
-
-"The Black Star!" he gasped when they had removed the gag and bonds. "He
-was here with his gang! They carried out gold--went away in autos
-and----"
-
-Verbeck had rushed on to the vault room. The chief and some of the
-others followed. They found the door of the vault standing open, money
-scattered on the floor, papers in confusion.
-
-"He cleaned out all the big stuff!" the chief said. "One of you men
-telephone the president of the trust company and tell him to hurry down
-here."
-
-"Here's the letter he mentioned, chief," Verbeck said.
-
-The chief ripped it open and read it, then thrust it into one of his
-pockets. As he turned away, there was a sharp explosion in the street,
-then a bedlam of shrieks and cries. They rushed to a window and threw it
-open.
-
-"Bomb!" somebody in the street was shouting. "It came from the roof!"
-
-"One of that crook's gas bombs!" the chief exclaimed. "On the roof, is
-he?"
-
-Verbeck already was running toward the stairs, with Muggs just behind
-him, determined to be in the midst of the affair. Muggs had been
-complaining again that he was not playing a principal part in this
-drama, and that he felt he was entitled to one.
-
-Half a dozen officers took after them, the chief bellowed orders and
-posted guards throughout the bank. He sent other men to the floors above
-to release the watchmen. And then he followed Roger Verbeck, running up
-the stairs, puffing and panting, wishing that the elevator was running.
-
-They came to the little steel stairs that led to the trapdoor and the
-roof. Verbeck tried to open the door, and found that it was fastened on
-the outside.
-
-"Either the Black Star or some of his men are up there!" Verbeck said.
-"The door wouldn't be locked on the outside, otherwise."
-
-One of the detectives had procured a fire ax from the hall on the floor
-below. He ran up the steel stairs and attacked the heavy door
-vigorously. The chief sent a man for another ax.
-
-More officers had come up the stairs now, and stood at the bottom of the
-steel steps, waiting for the trapdoor to be opened.
-
-"As soon as we get through, rush up there and go at them," the chief
-directed. "We don't know how many are up there, so be ready to mix it!
-Shoot, if you have to, but get him alive if you can. And look out for
-vapor guns and gas bombs!"
-
-"Somebody on the roof is asking for you, chief!" the man with the ax
-called down.
-
-The chief hurried up the steps. "Well, who is it?" he demanded.
-
-"This is the Black Star. Can't you recognize my voice? Still practicing
-violence, I see, and this time on a door!"
-
-"Well, what do you want?" the chief cried. "Do you want to give yourself
-up?"
-
-"Certainly not, my dear chief. I just wanted to let you know that I was
-here."
-
-"And we're going to get you!" the chief cried. "If it is necessary we'll
-get you with a gun! If you start using that vapor stuff when we get the
-door open, my men will shoot. Understand that? I'll give you one minute
-to surrender and open the door!"
-
-"Why on earth should I do such a thing as that?" the Black Star wanted
-to know.
-
-"Because you are at the end of your rope, that's why!" the chief
-replied. "If you try to go down a fire escape, you'll be plugged. And
-that's the only way you can get off the roof."
-
-"I have no intention of going down a fire escape," the Black Star
-replied. "I give you my word of honor--or dishonor, if you prefer it
-that way--that I shall descend no fire escape to-night. Does that
-satisfy you?"
-
-"Are you going to give yourself up?"
-
-"Dear me, no! I couldn't think of it. I have had a very pleasant
-evening, chief--very pleasant indeed--and profitable, also. By the way,
-did you get your letter?"
-
-An exasperated chief descended the steps and motioned for the detective
-to go to work with the ax again. The heavy blows began raining against
-the door. Between them, they could hear the Black Star laughing.
-
-"Get through that door!" the chief shrieked. "We've got him in a trap!"
-
-"I wouldn't be too sure of that," said Roger Verbeck. "He seemed to
-speak with confidence."
-
-"But how can he get away?"
-
-"The Black Star used to be noted for doing some peculiar and seemingly
-impossible things," Verbeck reminded the chief.
-
-"I want to be the second man through that door!" Muggs said. "I got it
-comin' to me, boss. You ain't let me do a thing to-day, and I want to
-get my hands on that big crook!"
-
-"That's what we all want to do," the chief remarked. "Get ready, men;
-that door will be open in a minute!"
-
-The detective had succeeded in cutting a hole in it. Now he put his face
-close to the aperture and looked out. He could see nothing but darkness.
-Cautiously, he extended a hand and felt for the bolt, located it, shot
-it back. He whispered the news to those behind him. The officers crowded
-the steel stairs, and Muggs got well in the van. Muggs declined to be
-sidetracked longer.
-
-The detective threw the door open, and they stumbled up the steps and to
-the roof, their weapons held ready, to dart to either side, expecting a
-shot, or a vapor bomb at least.
-
-Their electric torches flashed, and the roof was bathed in light. There
-was nothing behind which a person could hide, except two chimneys. The
-officers approached the chimneys, carefully, ready for instant combat.
-They circled them--and found nobody.
-
-"He's here--got to be here!" the chief cried.
-
-They rushed to all the fire escapes and found that nobody was on them.
-They shouted to officers in the street below, and were told that the
-fire escapes had not been used. They searched every square foot of the
-roof, looked along the parapet, found nobody.
-
-"I tell you that crook's got to be here!" the chief shouted. "How could
-he get away?"
-
-"Airplane," one of the detectives suggested.
-
-"Don't be an ass!" the chief shrieked. "An airplane makes a lot of
-noise. And it wouldn't be easy to pick up a man from a roof in the dark,
-you fool! The only way it could be done would be to trail a rope and let
-him grab it, and that would mean a dead man on the pavement below. You
-ass, an airplane travels with speed!"
-
-"Well, he doesn't seem to be here," Verbeck offered.
-
-"But where could he have gone?" the chief cried. "Even the Black Star
-can't make himself invisible at will!"
-
-Then they heard the Black Star laugh derisively.
-
-They flashed their torches and again searched the roof. Once more they
-heard the laugh. Now it seemed to be to one side of them, and now to
-another. Above them, behind them, in front of them they heard it.
-
-"This thing will drive me crazy!" the chief cried. "Flash those torches
-again! That crook is somewhere right here on the roof! Look for another
-trapdoor!"
-
-They searched the roof, and found nothing; but again they heard the
-laugh, only it sounded far away now. Suddenly the roof was bathed in
-bright light that seemed to come out of the sky.
-
-"He's up there--on something!" the chief shrieked.
-
-They emptied their revolvers and automatics toward the sky. The light
-died out, flashed forth again and almost blinded them. Once more they
-heard the sarcastic laugh of the Black Star, as if far in the
-distance--and then the light was gone.
-
-They stood silent, looking upward. Not the slightest sound came to their
-ears, except echoes of the shouts in the street below, where people were
-wondering about the peculiar, blinding light.
-
-"What does it mean?" the chief cried. "Verbeck, what has that devil
-done?"
-
-"I haven't the faintest idea," Roger Verbeck replied. "I don't
-understand that laugh, and I can't imagine where that light comes from.
-I'd think naturally, that it was an airplane, but, as you said, it would
-be almost impossible to pick a man off the roof at night--and an
-airplane makes a lot of noise. And we didn't hear a sound--remember
-that!"
-
-Once more the voice of the Black Star reached their ears. He seemed to
-be shouting to them, and to be not so very far away.
-
-"Good night, gentlemen!" he called to them. "It has been a splendid
-evening of amusement and profit. Good night--and let me express the hope
-that you'll have pleasant dreams!"
-
-That was all. Though they waited on the roof for half an hour longer,
-they heard nothing more from him, saw nothing of him, and finally they
-turned and went back down the stairs, puzzled, angry, but determined to
-make the master rogue pay.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XII
-
-ANOTHER TELEPHONE CALL
-
-
-The newspapers the following day were full of the exploits of the Black
-Star. They explained that the master crook had inaugurated his campaign
-of crime and revenge by looting two of the richest financial
-institutions in the city. From the First National his men had obtained
-more than three hundred thousand dollars in currency. From the vault of
-the National Trust Company had been taken a quarter of a million in gold
-coin.
-
-Banking officials were frantic. They made arrangements to safeguard
-their property, fearing to lose the confidence of their depositors. They
-engaged extra watchmen, men they knew personally, since to engage a
-stranger, no matter how good his references, might be to put one of the
-Black Star's men in the place.
-
-Sheriff Kowen and his deputies were blamed, the chief and his policemen
-were declared incompetent and inefficient, and Roger Verbeck and Muggs
-were held up to ridicule.
-
-The mysterious light that had come out of the sky was described at
-length, and many speculations made as to its nature. The scene on the
-roof of the building, told by one of the detectives, was played up, and
-there were many conjectures as to what it meant.
-
-Had the master criminal come into possession of some wonderful new
-invention? Was he able to escape when and as he liked? Some inclined
-toward this belief, and others declared that the Black Star had gone
-down a fire escape under the noses of the officers, entered the building
-through a window at some floor, walked down the stairs and emerged into
-the alley and gone his way. The Black Star, one paper stated, was a mere
-man and did not call upon the supernatural to aid him. He merely had
-better brains than the police.
-
-Where would he strike next?
-
-Within three days, he had said in his letter to one of the papers, he
-would steal, with the aid of his band, jewels and famous objects of art.
-Thousands of persons had valuable jewels, and it was well known that the
-master criminal was a gem fiend, that he had a great collection and
-gloated over them. Perhaps he meant a jewelry establishment, a wholesale
-diamond house.
-
-When it came to famous objects of art, there was a wealth of them in the
-city. Two millionaires had great collections. There was a famous museum
-that housed several hundred priceless paintings. Here and there
-throughout the city were others.
-
-Jewels were carried to safe-deposit vaults. The guards at the museum
-were doubled. The two millionaires obtained police protection for their
-residences. And the city waited.
-
-Two days passed, during which nothing was heard of the Black Star and
-his band. Sheriff Kowen and his deputies searched in vain for Mamie
-Blanchard. Roger Verbeck and Muggs drove about in the big roadster
-continually, watching people, trying to catch a glimpse of some known
-member of the Black Star's old organization.
-
-The city was gone over, block by block, in an effort to locate the
-master crook's headquarters, but to no avail. The search extended to the
-suburbs, but nobody thought of the old farmhouse far up the river near
-the pleasure resort.
-
-"Well, it's about time we heard from him again!" the chief said to
-Verbeck on the morning of the third day.
-
-"I look for him to strike to-night," Verbeck said.
-
-"And where do you think he'll strike?"
-
-"That is the puzzle," Verbeck admitted. "I scarcely think he will
-attempt the museum. It would be a blow to civic pride if he did and
-succeeded, of course, but the odds would be against him."
-
-"He seems to thrive on odds that are against him," the chief replied.
-
-"Sooner or later, we'll get him!" Verbeck declared. "Sooner or later one
-of his people will make a slip that will give us the clew we need. They
-can't keep it up forever."
-
-"But I want to land him right away!" the chief fumed. "Did you happen to
-read the morning paper? If this sort of thing keeps up, the mayor will
-be asking for my resignation, and I'll go out of office without having
-vindicated myself. Confound Kowen, anyway! Why couldn't he keep the
-crook when he had him? But for Kowen, the Black Star would be doing time
-in the big prison right now!"
-
-"But he isn't--and it doesn't do any particular good to wail about it,"
-said Verbeck. "The thing to do is to get him again. Made any plans?"
-
-"I'm up in the air!" the chief complained. "What plans can I make? I've
-got men guarding the museum, and those millionaires' residences, and a
-few scattered near the jewelry establishments. And I'll hold men ready
-to go to any section of the city when we get an alarm. That is all I can
-do. If we knew where he was going to strike----"
-
-A buzzer sounded, and the chief took up the telephone.
-
-"Hello!" he called.
-
-"That you, chief?"
-
-"Yes."
-
-"Ah, good morning. This is the Black Star! I have tapped a private line
-again, chief, to have a little chat with you! I've been resting for a
-couple of days, giving my men and women a holiday. But I'm eager to be
-busy again!"
-
-"When I get my hands on you----" the chief began.
-
-"Tut, tut! Why do you always grow violent when I do you the honor of
-calling you up?"
-
-"Honor? Insult, you mean! We'll get you, and get you good, one of these
-days!"
-
-"I'll have all the wealth in town if you delay it very long," said the
-Black Star laughing. "By the way, chief, I'd suggest that you keep a lot
-of your men at headquarters to-night. You are going to need them."
-
-"Think so?"
-
-"I know it! And I have a faint idea that the newspapers are going to say
-more naughty things about you to-morrow. That was a pretty grilling the
-_Herald_ gave you, wasn't it?"
-
-"I'll give you a grilling when I get my hands on you!" the chief said.
-"So you're going to pull off some sort of a stunt to-night, are you?"
-
-"I am. Inaction bores me, chief. My men are eager to get to work again.
-They take great pleasure in helping outwit the stupid men on your
-force."
-
-"We'll see who'll do the final outwitting!" the chief cried. "I'm going
-to----"
-
-"Going to get me, I think you said before. Sorry to dispute you, chief,
-but I can't agree. How do you expect to accomplish it?"
-
-"Tell me one thing," said the chief. "How did you get off that roof, and
-where did you go?"
-
-"Sorry, but that is a sort of state secret for the present," the Black
-Star replied.
-
-"Well, if you didn't go down one of the fire escapes, write a letter to
-the newspapers and say so. They're swearing that you walked right out of
-that building before our noses."
-
-"All right, chief, I'll inform the papers that I did nothing of the
-kind. But I'll not explain at this time just what I did do. You see, I
-might want to do it again soon."
-
-"If you are so blamed sure of your ability, why not tell me what you are
-going to do to-night?"
-
-"Gladly chief. I am going to collect some jewels and some objects of
-art."
-
-"Oh, are you?" asked the chief. "Going to collect them in any particular
-spot?"
-
-"Naturally; but I do not intend to tell you the spot just now. That
-would be running too much of a risk, I am afraid. By the way, is Mr.
-Verbeck there?"
-
-"He is!"
-
-"I haven't time to speak to him, but will you kindly tell him for me
-that I hope he shows more speed in this little duel with me. I was
-disgusted with him the other evening--he showed no cleverness at all.
-Tell him that I hope he improves. And now, chief, I must end the
-conversation for the time being."
-
-There was a click at the other end of the wire. The chief slammed the
-receiver into its hook and whirled around in his chair.
-
-"Wanted me to tell you to show more cleverness and make the game more
-interesting, Verbeck," the chief said. "Make it interesting for him if
-we get the chance, all right! Says he's going to collect jewels and
-objects of art this evening."
-
-"Then I suppose he'll do it," Verbeck said. "Have your men ready to jump
-out as soon as the alarm comes in. What is the sheriff doing, chief?"
-
-"Kowen? Sleeping on the job, I suppose. He swears that he and his
-deputies will catch the Black Star--beat us to it. I had a row with him
-yesterday at luncheon. Kowen makes me tired! He's looking for that
-Blanchard woman."
-
-"The Princess? He's not likely to find her," Verbeck said. "Either the
-Black Star has sent her out of the city, or she is in hiding some place
-where she'll not be located easily. You can wager that the Black Star
-takes good care of The Princess--she is one of the most valuable members
-of his band!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIII
-
-INSIDE THE MUSEUM
-
-
-That afternoon, about the hour of three, an elderly gentleman who looked
-like a person of culture and refinement, entered the Municipal Museum.
-
-At the information desk, he asked concerning a certain painting, and was
-directed to the second floor. He thanked the woman at the desk and
-ascended the stairs, passing the close scrutiny of the guards and the
-police stationed there. There was nothing to cause suspicion in the
-appearance of an elderly man who evidently was a lover of art.
-
-He found the painting for which he had asked, and stood before it for
-some time, looking at it, now stepping forward and now retreating, now
-and then walking to one side to get a better reflection of light on the
-canvas.
-
-"Marvelous!" he said, in a thin voice, to one of the attendants. "Such
-coloring! And such technic!"
-
-"Yes, them old boys knew how to sling the paint," the attendant informed
-him.
-
-"Sling the paint? What a quaint idiom!" the elderly gentleman remarked
-and the attendant walked on, calling upon the world to witness that the
-crop of maniacs was getting larger every year, and that they all visited
-the museum.
-
-Having inspected that particular picture to his evident satisfaction,
-the elderly gentleman went through the galleries, viewing other famous
-paintings. All the attendants and guides noticed him and put him down as
-a harmless art lover. There was a benevolent appearance about him; he
-appeared to be the sort of man who makes donations to museums and
-hospitals.
-
-He finally made his way to the statuary hall. Here, at the time, there
-was but one guide, and he was handling a group of four tourists. The
-elderly gentleman gave them scant attention. He adjusted his spectacles
-and began viewing the statue nearest the door, finished with that and
-went on to the next, and to the next. The guide and his tourists left
-the hall--and the elderly gentleman was alone there.
-
-He walked quickly to the other end of the hall, turned and looked back
-at the door, and made sure that he was not observed by any of the
-attendants or visitors.
-
-Above his head there was a small trapdoor that opened into the attic of
-the building. The elderly gentleman betrayed agility remarkable for his
-years.
-
-He sprang to the nearest window ledge, sprang again and grasped the
-heavy molding, hung with one hand, and with the other pushed up the
-trapdoor. Then he pulled himself up and disappeared--and the door was
-put back in place.
-
-The attic was seldom entered, it appeared. There was nothing at all
-stored there, and the dust was inches deep everywhere. The elderly
-gentleman made his way carefully through this dust, obliterating his
-tracks behind him, and reached a corner of the attic, near a window.
-Here was a dark space in a gable, large enough to accommodate a hiding
-man. The elderly gentleman sat down there.
-
-"This will be the death of me!" he growled. "Dust and heat and foul air!
-I wish the Black Star had picked some one else for this part of the
-job!"
-
-He took out a handkerchief and tucked it around the edge of his collar,
-then stretched himself between the rafters.
-
-"Can't smoke--dare not sleep," he grunted. "And it'll be hours before I
-can get out of here. This is one sweet game I'm playing! But there'll be
-a handsome profit in it, all right!"
-
-The hours passed. In the big museum below visitors came and went,
-passing beneath the scrutiny of the guards and the police. Five o'clock
-came, and the rooms were cleared. Guards searched them well, made sure
-nobody was inside the building except those who had a right to be there.
-The custodian and his assistants left. The big doors were locked. Night
-guards and policemen remained, walking through the rooms. Down in the
-basement an engineer threw a big electric switch that sent a powerful
-current through the frames that guarded the priceless objects of art.
-
-Much had been made of that scheme of protection in the newspapers. When
-that current was turned on, any person touching one of the paintings
-would be rendered unconscious immediately. Moreover, an alarm would be
-sounded in the building, another flashed to police headquarters, another
-to the sheriff's office.
-
-"The Black Star will never tackle this place," said one of the policemen
-to a guard. "He's going after something else. His gang couldn't get
-near the building without the men outside spotting them, and we could
-put up a scrap and keep them out until help came from headquarters."
-
-"I think he'll tackle the private collection of some millionaire,"
-replied the guard. "I don't see how he could hope to get in here and get
-away with anything."
-
-Outside the building, police paced beats beneath bright lights that
-illuminated every door and window. Inside, more police and the regular
-museum guards talked and smoked and wished the long night was over.
-
-Up in the attic, a perspiring elderly gentleman, who was elderly no
-longer because he had removed a very clever wig, and perspiration had
-ruined his make-up, looked at the radium dial of his watch and grunted
-that, at last, the time had come. It was nine o'clock.
-
-He got up and made his way slowly and carefully across the attic through
-the dust to the trapdoor. He lifted it a fraction of an inch and looked
-down.
-
-The statuary hall was dark save for a small incandescent light that
-glowed in the wall near the door. No guard or policeman was in sight,
-and the door leading to the corridor was closed.
-
-The trapdoor was opened wide, and the man dropped to the floor, making
-not the slightest sound as he struck. He had removed his shoes in the
-attic, and had put on a pair of rubbers. He darted behind a statue, and
-listened, and wiped the perspiration from his face.
-
-Then, running lightly from statue to statue, he made his way toward the
-corridor door, watching it continually, ready to dart into hiding if it
-should be opened by guard or policeman.
-
-At the door, he stopped again to listen, and then he turned the knob and
-opened it cautiously. There was nobody in the corridor as far as he
-could see in either direction. The guards and policemen, it was evident,
-were on the floor below.
-
-He took one of the Black Star's vapor guns from his pocket and held it
-ready. He slipped into the corridor, darted into a niche in the wall,
-listened again. He could hear two policemen talking on the floor below.
-
-A guard entered the corridor and disappeared into one of the rooms. The
-man in the niche waited until he came out and started down the hall. The
-guard passed within three feet of him. The silent vapor gun was
-discharged, the guard gasped and started to cry out, but unconsciousness
-claimed him.
-
-The man who had used the vapor gun drew the unconscious guard back into
-the niche. He used a hypodermic needle on the guard's arm, drugging him
-so that he would remain senseless for some time to come.
-
-"No need to worry about you for a few hours," he growled.
-
-Still he waited, going to another niche on the other side of the wide
-corridor. Another guard came from the floor below and started along the
-hall. He received the same treatment the first guard had received.
-
-Then the man who held the vapor gun hurried through the corridor and
-came to the head of the wide staircase.
-
-"Ten men inside, and I've taken care of only two of them," he growled.
-"The boss certainly gave me my share of work to do in this little
-affair!"
-
-He saw two policemen sitting at the bottom of the stairs. He saw a guard
-in the distance, another just emerging from one of the rooms on the
-floor below.
-
-"Where are George and Fred?" he heard the guard ask.
-
-"Went to the second floor," one of the policemen replied.
-
-"Guess I'll go up and help them, and then we won't have to bother about
-the second floor until early in the morning. Get the card table ready,
-and we'll have a little game. Nothing to worry about. Looks to me as if
-the Black Star didn't intend to come here. I guess the boys on the
-outside would let us know if there was any danger."
-
-The guard started up the stairs, and the man lurking at the top darted
-into the first niche and crouched there in the semidarkness. The guard
-passed, the vapor gun was exploded, and the guard toppled forward as had
-the others, and was drugged as the others had been.
-
-"Seven more, and the engineer," growled the Black Star's man.
-
-Once more he went to the head of the stairs. Four policemen were putting
-out a collapsible card table. Two guards were approaching along the
-corridor. The seventh member of the protective squad, the Black Star's
-man knew, was at the front door, where the officers outside could see
-him. He was supposed to show himself there at the end of each hour, to
-let them know that everything was all right inside.
-
-The Black Star's man darted through the corridor and went softly down
-the rear stairs. He made his way through the hall toward the front. He
-knew where the light switch was located; he had found this out several
-days before, when preparing for this night's events.
-
-He reached the switch, jerked it down, and plunged the lower floor in
-darkness. He darted forward as he heard the exclamations of the six men
-in front. He dropped behind a statue just as one of the policemen
-flashed his electric torch.
-
-"Fuse out, I suppose," he heard one of the guards say. "I'll get the
-engineer--he attends to all that stuff."
-
-He hurried toward the basement entrance. The man at the front door
-merely shouted to know what was the matter, and remained at his post.
-
-The five others were clustered about the card table. The Black Star's
-man crept forward and took a vapor bomb from beneath his coat. This was
-the perilous moment, he knew. This particular bomb was a delicate one
-that would make no noise as it exploded. But unless the vapor struck
-into the nostrils of the five men, disaster might come. If one of them
-escaped unconsciousness for a moment, he would be able to give the
-alarm.
-
-Another bomb came from beneath the coat. The first one was hurled to the
-marble floor at the back of the five men. The second followed it.
-
-Clouds of vapor arose. The Black Star's man held a sponge to his
-nostrils, flashed his torch and watched. It had worked--the five men
-were staggering--had fallen!
-
-He had swift work to do now. At any moment the guard might return with
-the engineer, or the other guard come from the front door. He knelt
-beside the first man, and drove home the point of the needle. He worked
-in the dark, for it was safer that way. One by one he drugged them, and
-then he darted noiselessly toward the door that led to the basement.
-
-He was just in time--the guard and engineer were coming up.
-
-"Guess it's a fuse," the guard was saying. "Lights on the upper floor
-are still burning."
-
-They stepped into the dark corridor, and the guard called for one of the
-policemen to flash his torch. The Black Star's man stepped up close, and
-again the vapor gun was discharged. They staggered and fell.
-
-The needle was used again, and then he darted toward the entrance. The
-guard there had reported to the one outside, and was returning.
-
-"Hurry up with those lights!" he shouted.
-
-He gasped; collapsed. The Black Star's man caught him and let him down
-to the floor. He was holding the sponge to his nostrils again.
-
-"I'll be going asleep from that vapor myself in a minute, if I'm not
-careful," he told himself. "I've hardly any more of the stuff. It's a
-good thing they're all down and out!"
-
-He lifted the unconscious guard and carried him to one side, where he
-could not be seen from the entrance. Then he ran through the corridor
-and threw the light switch again, so that those outside would think
-everything was all right in the interior.
-
-Then he ran to the basement door, hurried down the steps, went to a big
-electric switch on the wall, and threw that. The deadly protective
-current was shut off all over the building.
-
-Up the stairs he dashed to the second floor. He hurried to a window on
-one side of the building, took an electric torch from his pocket and
-flashed it seven times.
-
-The flashes were observed by a man in a window across the street.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIV
-
-MISSING MASTERPIECES
-
-
-A half a dozen policemen were on guard outside the museum. They walked
-around the building continually, and communicated at the end of each
-hour with one of the guards inside. Now and then they gathered near the
-entrance to talk and wish their vigil was over.
-
-Ten minutes after the Black Star's man had flashed his torch from the
-window, these six officers were startled by sounds of an altercation in
-the street. Two men, their voices raised, were quarreling. Others
-passing in the street stopped to listen. Threats were hurled back and
-forth. The men grappled, started to fight.
-
-Two of the policemen left the museum and started running toward the
-combatants. When they were halfway one of the fighting men darted
-backward, drew a revolver and began firing.
-
-There was a crowd on the corner now. The quarrelsome one continued to
-shoot; the other man fell in the street.
-
-The four other policemen forgot the museum. They ran toward the corner,
-clubs in their hands, to beat back the crowd, to help take charge of the
-murderer, to send for an ambulance, if it proved to be necessary.
-
-The Black Star's man observed this from a window. He flashed his torch
-again, and then ran down the stairs and to a little side door of the
-museum, which he unlocked.
-
-Four men darted across the street and through this door. It was locked
-again immediately.
-
-"All of them down and out!" the man who had been inside reported. "We'll
-have to work swiftly. They'll be expecting a guard to show his face at
-the door at the end of the hour. Come with me--I know the paintings the
-boss wants."
-
-"How about that electric current?" one asked.
-
-"I turned it off, of course. Hurry!"
-
-They ran up the stairs and into one of the galleries. The man who had
-been inside indicated six paintings. Men crawled beneath the protecting
-railings, drew knives and started cutting the paintings from their
-frames.
-
-"No time to waste!" the leader informed them. "We've got about fifteen
-minutes more."
-
-He ran to one of the windows and glanced out at the street. The crowd
-was growing larger. The police had ascertained that the man who had
-fallen was not shot, but had stumbled in his mad haste to get away. The
-two men had been arrested, and the patrol auto called. None of the
-police had started back toward the museum, though some of them glanced
-in that direction now and then.
-
-Inside, the paintings had been cut from their frames and made into
-rolls. The rolls were tied up with rope and then lashed together.
-
-"Out you go!" said the man who had hidden inside.
-
-They hurried down the stairs and to the little side door. The one ahead
-opened it and glanced out.
-
-"Coast all clear!" he announced.
-
-Two went first, carrying the roll of paintings with them. The others
-left one by one, darted across the street, and each went in a different
-direction. Those with the paintings had an automobile waiting; they
-jumped in and were driven rapidly away.
-
-The men who had fought were carried away to jail; their part had been
-done well. The policemen went back to the museum, joking about the fight
-they had witnessed.
-
-"They'll make it up in the morning and get fined for fighting and
-discharging firearms," one of them declared. "Business quarrel, eh?
-Pretty vigorous business men, I think!"
-
-"Suppose everything's all right inside?" another asked.
-
-"That gang inside is so busy playing cards that they wouldn't know it if
-a battle was staged in the street."
-
-The end of the hour came, but no guard showed himself at the front door
-to say that everything was all right. One of the policemen pounded upon
-it, but got no response.
-
-"That's funny!" he said. "They ought to answer--that's their orders!"
-
-He pounded upon the door again, and still he got no reply from those
-inside.
-
-"Think we'd better go in?" one of the others asked.
-
-"We've got orders not to do it unless we know there's trouble inside."
-
-"Well, there may be trouble."
-
-"Card game--that's all. You listen to me--hand that guard a call down
-when he shows up. He's a sort of fresh guy, anyway--thinks he owns the
-museum, I guess!"
-
-Once more he pounded on the door and got no response. The police began
-to look serious.
-
-"Aw, how could anything happen?" one of them asked. "Nobody could get
-into the museum, could they? And there was nobody in there when it was
-locked up except them that belonged. Ain't we been on watch?"
-
-"Well, that scrap called all of us across the street for a time,
-remember."
-
-"Yes, and we'd better forget that if there happens to be any trouble
-inside. I think we'd better go in and investigate. This doesn't look
-exactly good to me."
-
-He took a key from his pocket--a key to the front door of the museum,
-that had been given him for just such an emergency. He unlocked the door
-and went in with two of the others, locking the door behind him.
-
-They hurried through the entrance and started down the corridor toward
-the wide stairs that led to the floor above. The one in advance gave a
-cry of horror and started forward. Stretched on the marble floor were
-policemen and museum guards, unconscious, and plainly drugged in some
-manner.
-
-"Call headquarters!" one of the policemen shrieked. "Get the chief!"
-
-Another ran to the nearest telephone, which happened to be in the office
-of the custodian. Within a short time he had the chief on the wire.
-
-"This is Officer Riley, at the museum," he said. "There's something
-wrong here. No guard showed up at the front door at the end of the hour,
-and so we came inside. We found all the guards and officers
-unconscious, laid out!"
-
-"What's that?" the chief cried. "What laid 'em out? What's happened out
-there?"
-
-"We just got inside the building--haven't had time to investigate--don't
-know what's been going on!" Officer Riley gasped. "Thought I'd better
-call you at once."
-
-"Keep your eyes open--we'll be right up there!" the chief cried. "Keep
-right on the job!"
-
-"Better bring the police surgeon with you, chief. There seems to be
-something wrong with these men."
-
-That telephone conversation caused another tumult at police
-headquarters. The chief bellowed his orders, then ran with Verbeck and
-Muggs to the former's roadster, which was in readiness at the curb. With
-Verbeck at the wheel, the powerful car dashed through the streets toward
-the museum, and behind it came half a dozen police department autos
-filled with detectives.
-
-They reached the museum, left the cars and hurried to the entrance. One
-of the men inside unlocked and opened the door.
-
-"They are still unconscious, chief!" he reported. "Looks to me as if
-they had been doped."
-
-The police surgeon made a swift examination.
-
-"They have been drugged," he announced, "and pretty badly, at that. I'll
-have to get busy on them at once, or we'll have dead men on our hands."
-
-"Bring them around as soon as you can," the chief said. "I want to hear
-what they've got to say. And you men search the entire building! We'll
-look into this! One of you call up the superintendent of the museum and
-get him down here. Lively!"
-
-The officers scattered throughout the big building, turned on all the
-lights, and began their search. They found the unconscious guards on the
-upper floor and carried them below for the police surgeon to work on.
-The surgeon sent in a call for his assistants.
-
-Policemen who searched the statuary hall discovered the open trapdoor.
-They got up into the attic, and investigated there, and found nothing
-except dust and footprints in it. Down to the first floor they went to
-report this.
-
-Verbeck and Muggs hurried to the attic and investigated for themselves.
-
-"Very simple," Verbeck said. "Some member or members of the gang got up
-here during the day, remained in hiding until night, and then got down
-and handled the guards and officers."
-
-"Yeah, but where are they now?" Muggs wanted to know.
-
-"Not in the building, you may be sure. They managed to get out in some
-manner."
-
-"And what did they swipe?"
-
-"The superintendent will have to tell that, I suppose. There are several
-thousand things in this place, Muggs, that are almost priceless. The
-Black Star has done it again. Let's go downstairs and see if there is
-anything in the nature of a clew."
-
-They hurried down the stairs. The superintendent of the museum had just
-arrived--a worried, frantic superintendent who immediately telephoned
-for more guards and one of his assistants.
-
-"I am almost afraid to look," he announced. "Do you suppose anything has
-been taken?"
-
-"That little side door is unlocked," one of the detectives reported to
-the chief.
-
-"It shouldn't be," said the superintendent. "It always is locked except
-when we are receiving new exhibits, which are delivered at that
-entrance."
-
-Verbeck grasped one of the officers by the arm.
-
-"Have you watched closely all night?" he demanded.
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-"Didn't leave the museum at all?"
-
-"For a few minutes. There was a shooting scrape at the corner----"
-
-"Did all of you go there? How long were you gone? Speak quickly, man!"
-
-"Weren't gone more than half an hour. But we watched the museum, just
-the same. It's light----"
-
-"From the corner you couldn't see that little side door!" Verbeck
-thundered. "Any of the Black Star's men who had hidden in the museum
-could have rendered these guards and officers unconscious, taken what
-they wished, and walked right out of that side door with it, while you
-were over at the corner. That fight was staged for a certain purpose!"
-
-"Oh, you fools!" the chief cried. "The newspapers are right--the police
-force is a gang of imbeciles! Idiots! You've let him get away with it
-again!"
-
-The superintendent of the museum had been going through the building
-with a couple of detectives, and now they heard his cry of surprise and
-rage from the upper floor.
-
-"What is it? Find something missing?" the chief cried.
-
-"Six famous paintings!" the superintendent shrieked. "Six of them gone!
-Six priceless masterpieces--cut from their frames--carried away! The
-protective current--it must have been turned off! Six of the most
-priceless pictures!"
-
-"Great Scott!" the chief ejaculated.
-
-"Now there will be a fine row!" Verbeck said. "We've got to catch the
-Black Star and get those paintings back! Every art lover will howl until
-we do! And, worst of all, they didn't belong to the museum--they were
-merely loaned. And the six are worth more than a million dollars!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XV
-
-SOME FISHERMEN
-
-
-At his headquarters, the Black Star was pacing the floor nervously, his
-hands clasped behind his back. A buzzer sounded, and he hurried to the
-telephone, taking it from its hiding place in the niche in the wall.
-
-"Hello!" he said.
-
-"Number Eleven."
-
-"Countersign?"
-
-"Kokomo."
-
-"Report," ordered the master crook.
-
-"Everything went off as planned, sir. I got into the attic without much
-trouble, and subdued the guards and policemen when the proper time came.
-The fight was started as soon as the men received my signal."
-
-"How about the loot?"
-
-"We got all six of the paintings, sir, and they are on their way to you
-now."
-
-"Good! That is all for to-night. Report at the usual time in person
-to-morrow."
-
-The Black Star hung up the receiver, rang the bell three times, took the
-receiver down again. The ring was heard by men at a telephone instrument
-in the woods a quarter of a mile away.
-
-"Hello!" one of them answered.
-
-"Start!" the Black Star said; and then he hung up the receiver again and
-touched the bell button. The servant came into the headquarters room.
-
-"Tell the mechanic to be ready to start within five minutes," the master
-rogue ordered.
-
-The servant hurried away, and the Black Star took off his robe and put
-on the heavy ulster once more. Presently he hurried from the room,
-closing and locking the door behind him.
-
-In the woods, six men left the hidden telephone and hurried along a
-narrow, winding path through the darkness, going toward the bank of the
-river.
-
-They did not speak as they hurried forward, single file, like Indians
-following a trail. They reached the shore, and in a little cove came
-upon a motor boat hidden beneath overhanging willows. The six got into
-the boat.
-
-They moved the craft out into the stream and pointed its bow toward the
-city. The six were dressed as fishermen, in uncouth clothing, stubbles
-of beard upon their faces, their sleeves rolled up. In the launch was
-fishing gear. There was nothing in the appearance of the craft to create
-suspicion, but a mechanic, had he looked at the engine, would have
-marveled that common fishermen could possess such a perfect piece of
-machinery.
-
-The regulation lights were burning. The launch made ordinary speed down
-the stream. Two of the men were singing raucously. To all appearances
-here were six fishermen going to the city to carouse at some cheap
-resort on the waterfront.
-
-At the lower end of town, the launch turned toward the shore. At a small
-dock she was moored. But only five of the men left the boat--one
-remained curled up in the stern, hidden by a mass of canvas and fishing
-gear.
-
-The five entered a cheap resort and drank, and then went upon the
-street again, as if starting to another place. They slipped through a
-dark alley, emerged on a side street and hurried along it, maintaining a
-conversation that had to do with fish and market prices.
-
-After a time they came to a public square in an old section of the city.
-Here were business houses that had been there for scores of years,
-famous establishments that scorned to move to a more modern district of
-the town.
-
-They stopped on a corner and talked loudly, half quarreling, as
-intoxicated fishermen might be expected to do. A policeman warned them
-to lower their voices and behave, and they went on up the street,
-slowly, staggering a bit, laughing now and then.
-
-On the next corner was a bakery. The basement door was open, and a baker
-stood in it. Odors of fresh bread and cakes poured out.
-
-"Um!" one of the fishermen gasped. "Any chance to get some hot bread?"
-
-"Do you happen to have the price?" the baker asked.
-
-"We sure have!"
-
-A passing pedestrian heard the conversation, smiled, and walked on.
-
-"Come downstairs, then," the baker said.
-
-They descended the stairs and entered the oven department. They threw
-coins on a table, and each was given a loaf of warm bread, and they
-began eating, still laughing and talking. The baker's assistant had
-finished his work and washed up, and now was telling his employer good
-night. He hurried up the steps and went away.
-
-The baker led the five fishermen into a rear room to show them more
-ovens, where cakes were baking. He closed the door between the two
-rooms. Instantly the demeanor of the five men changed.
-
-"Everything all right?" one of them asked.
-
-"There is one guard in the diamond room. The others are on the two
-floors," the baker replied.
-
-"How many in all?"
-
-"Only four."
-
-"Cinch!" said one of the five. "Let's go!"
-
-"I'll have the other stuff ready," the baker informed them.
-
-He opened the door and glanced into the other room, closed the door
-again and motioned that everything was all right. The five men hurried
-to the other end of the room, and one of them pressed against the wall.
-A small door swung open.
-
-They passed through the wall and into the basement of the building
-adjoining. An engineer was asleep in a chair before his table, and he
-was rendered unconscious immediately by means of a vapor gun. The five
-hurried up a flight of stairs, opened a door, and entered a rear hall.
-
-They were at the back of a famous jewelry establishment now, one that
-had a famous name in the business world, one which scorned to move to
-better quarters, but which was protected by every known device. Another
-door was opened, and they were in a storeroom.
-
-They moved with more caution now, for this was dangerous ground. The
-Black Star had planned this attack on the assumption that he would be
-expected to rob a more pretentious establishment. Few men knew that a
-large shipment of gorgeous diamonds had recently been received by this
-firm--but the Black Star knew it. One of his band was a trusted clerk in
-the house.
-
-Moreover, at that moment, the Black Star was creating a diversion. In
-the principal retail district of the city there was a fashionable
-jewelry store housed in a modern building. It was being heavily guarded
-this night, for the proprietors had taken cognizance of the master
-crook's announcement that he intended to purloin rare jewels, and they
-flattered themselves that their establishment would be the one visited.
-
-More than a score of special watchmen and police officers were in this
-building. One of the proprietors himself was on hand, aiding in
-safe-guarding the jewels. The entire establishment was brilliantly
-lighted. The shades and fire curtains at the windows were raised, and
-the door of the vault room stood open so that it could be seen from the
-front street. The Pioneer Diamond Company was taking no chances of being
-looted.
-
-And suddenly the building that housed the diamond company was bathed in
-brilliant light that seemed to come out of the sky! People in the
-streets, remembering what had happened three nights before, began
-shrieking that the Black Star and his men were at work. An alarm was
-sent to police headquarters, and relayed to the chief at the museum. The
-Black Star was robbing the Pioneer Diamond Company!
-
-Leaving a small police guard at the museum, the chief hurried to the
-scene with the remainder of his men. Verbeck and Muggs went ahead in
-the roadster, charging through the streets, the horn shrieking a
-warning. As they arrived, the bright light had disappeared, but soon
-they saw it again.
-
-"That's the Black Star," Verbeck said. "I can't figure out how he does
-it, but I suppose the solution will be simple enough when we learn it."
-
-"I'd like to beat it out of him!" Muggs said.
-
-The police had entered the building, and the chief had ascertained that
-nothing had happened. As far as they knew, there was nobody in the
-establishment who did not have a right to be there. But that did not
-mean that the danger was over.
-
-"I don't like the looks of this!" Verbeck said. "I am inclined to
-believe that the gang is doing the real work in some other place."
-
-"I've got men every place where there is any quantity of precious
-stones," the chief said, "and they have orders to send an alarm to
-headquarters the instant they see or hear anything that seems to be
-suspicious."
-
-The bright light from the sky had disappeared again. Out in the street
-there was a series of explosions, and Verbeck and Muggs and the chief
-rushed to a window, and saw clouds of vapor rising from the pavement.
-
-"He's got some scheme!" the chief declared. "Watch yourselves, you men,
-and be ready to go into action! More of you go into the vault room and
-watch there!"
-
-The proprietor was like a maniac, and the chief whirled upon him
-angrily.
-
-"What's the matter with you?" he demanded. "You don't see any of the
-crook's gang around here, do you? How can we do anything until they
-show up? You give me a pain."
-
-"There is a fortune in the vault----"
-
-"And it'll probably remain there!" the chief said. "We are playing a
-game that is tough enough without having an insane man raving around
-us!"
-
-Another shower of vapor bombs came from the sky. The people in the
-streets were scattering, seeking cover. Once more the bright light
-blazed forth. Out into the street rushed Verbeck and Muggs. The light
-disappeared, and presently they heard the voice of the Black Star.
-
-"Better watch those diamonds, gentlemen!" he shouted. "You'll be missing
-a lot of them the first thing you know. I love gems, and I happen to
-know that there are some glorious ones in the vault of the Pioneer
-Diamond Company."
-
-The voice died away, and they heard no more. Verbeck and Muggs rushed
-back into the store. The chief was in the vault room.
-
-"Are all your diamonds and expensive jewels in that vault?" the chief
-asked the member of the firm who was spending the night in the store.
-
-"All except a few small stones such as the Black Star would not bother
-about."
-
-"Then Mr. Black Star is going to fall down on the job!" the chief
-declared. "We'll just pack this vault room full of officers. The only
-way those crooks can get in then will be to tunnel through the bottom of
-the vault!"
-
-"They can't do that--the vault is impregnable!" the member of the firm
-declared.
-
-The chief laughed scornfully. "It may be impregnable as far as ordinary
-criminals are concerned," he retorted, "but we are dealing with the
-Black Star, please remember, and he dotes on supposedly impregnable
-things. Vaults do not seem to bother his men much. Open the door of the
-vault, and sit in it yourself. We'll watch the inside as well as the
-outside."
-
-The door of the vault was opened. An investigation showed that
-everything was all right. And so they waited for the blow that they
-expected.
-
-A telephone bell rang, and the member of the firm hurried to the
-instrument to answer.
-
-"It's a call for you, chief, from your headquarters," he reported.
-
-The chief rushed to the telephone. He was experiencing a feeling of
-apprehension.
-
-"Hello!" he cried.
-
-A desk sergeant at headquarters answered him.
-
-"That you, chief? The Black Star's men are raiding a diamond store
-downtown. I just got the tip from a watchmen who dodged them. Wait--I'll
-give you the address!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVI
-
-HOT BREAD
-
-
-Far downtown, the five fishermen passed through the storeroom and
-entered another hall. They walked through this to the end, making not
-the slightest noise. Each man held a vapor gun in his hand and was
-prepared to use it if occasion demanded.
-
-At the end of the hall, another door was opened with a duplicate key one
-of the men took from his pocket. The five crept through, and closed the
-door again.
-
-"Two men on each floor, and one in the diamond room," the leader
-whispered. "Make sure that we get them all."
-
-The band scattered. Two remained on the lower floor, two started to the
-floor above, and one made his way toward the diamond room in the rear.
-Dim lights were burning here and there, and the men moved from shadow to
-shadow, noiselessly alert.
-
-On the lower floor, the two watchmen were eating their night luncheon.
-They sat close together, talking in low tones. A light was burning above
-the table upon which they had put their lunch boxes, but the spot could
-not be seen from the street through the windows.
-
-The Black Star's two men advanced carefully. One of them made a sign,
-transferred the vapor gun to his left hand, and took a bomb out of his
-pocket. He hurled it behind the two watchmen.
-
-They sprang to their feet, gasped, dropped. The two members of the Black
-Star's band turned away and darted to the foot of the stairs, ready to
-help their companions if help should be needed.
-
-On the second floor, the two watchmen were found separated and rendered
-unconscious immediately. The man who had gone toward the diamond room
-stopped just outside the door and peered in. The watchman inside
-evidently feared no interruption. He was sitting with his back to the
-open door, reading a newspaper.
-
-A shot from the vapor pistol, and he was unconscious. Three of the other
-four men hurried into the room. The other remained below, on guard at
-the end of the hall through which they had entered.
-
-Tools were taken from pockets, and work began on the door of the vault.
-Two of the band were experienced workmen in whom the Black Star took
-pride. They worked swiftly, yet thoroughly. They knew that opening the
-vault would take some time.
-
-On the lower floor the two watchmen remained stretched on the carpet.
-Presently, one of them opened his eyes, then raised his head and looked
-around carefully.
-
-It happened that he had inhaled very little of the vapor from the bomb.
-As he fell he had tottered to one side, and the draft from the nearest
-ventilator had carried the fumes away from him. He was a man who had
-read all the newspapers ever had printed concerning the Black Star's
-methods, and he guessed immediately what had occurred.
-
-He did not know with how many men he had to contend. He supposed they
-were raiding the diamond room, and that there were guards posted, but
-could not be sure. He listened intently, glanced around again. He saw
-nobody, heard nothing except a slight sound that came from the diamond
-room, the rasping of tools against steel.
-
-The watchman had been long in the service of the firm, and was a trusted
-man. But he also was an old man, and not very strong. He was not the
-sort to combat the Black Star's band single-handed, though he had a
-revolver in his pocket.
-
-But he was the sort who would take a chance to give an alarm. He glanced
-at his unconscious companion, looked around the room again, and started
-crawling slowly over the floor, a foot at a time.
-
-He came to the first aisle, and looked down it. There was nobody in
-sight. He crept along the counters, behind them, stopping now and then
-to listen. He was not making fast progress, but he was afraid to risk
-everything in the interests of speed.
-
-Finally he reached the end of the counter, and once more he looked
-around and listened. He could still hear the slight noise in the diamond
-room, but that was all. He had an open space of twenty feet to cross
-now, and he proceeded faster, and finally reached the door of a private
-office.
-
-He raised himself, opened the door noiselessly and entered. Then he
-sprang to his feet, locked the door, and darted to the telephone on the
-desk.
-
-He had expected to find the telephone useless, and was gratified that
-such was not the case. Once more he paused to listen, and then lifted
-the receiver from the hook, and put his lips close to the transmitter.
-
-"Number?" asked the girl at central.
-
-"Police headquarters--quick!"
-
-It seemed to him that he waited an eternity before the voice of the desk
-sergeant came to him over the wire.
-
-"Robbery!" he gasped. "Black Star's men!"
-
-"Where, man--where?" demanded the sergeant.
-
-The watchman gave the address.
-
-"This is one of the watchmen," he added. "The gas bomb didn't put me
-out, and I managed to crawl to the office. Hurry--hurry! They are in the
-diamond room now--I don't know how many of them! But hurry!"
-
-Then the old watchman sank into the chair before the desk, weak and
-trembling. He had done his part, and he could not do more. He took out
-his revolver, and tried to decide whether he should attack them. It
-would be better, he thought, to wait until the police came--they would
-not be long.
-
-Up in the diamond room the Black Star's men had opened the vault door,
-finally. They reached for three certain trays, and swept the diamonds
-from them. They had orders what to get and what to leave--the master
-rogue wanted only some stones recently received, one hundred superior
-stones upon which a high valuation had been placed by experts.
-
-With the gems in their pockets, they left the diamond room and closed
-the door behind them. They started down the hall to meet the men who had
-remained on guard.
-
-And suddenly they heard police sirens shrieking, and the front of the
-establishment was bathed in light.
-
-"The cops are on us!" one of them gasped.
-
-"We needn't worry if we can get through the basement wall and into the
-bakeshop. But we'll have to hurry," another replied, rushing along the
-hall.
-
-They darted down the stairs, closing and locking all the doors as they
-went, for they did not want the police to guess the manner of their
-entrance. The Black Star might have need of the baker in some other
-enterprise.
-
-They came to the wall and tapped upon it. The baker swung the little
-door open, and they stepped into the shop.
-
-"Cops all around the place!" he reported. "Must have been tipped off in
-some way. Where are the stones?"
-
-"Here!" one replied, and tumbled them on the table.
-
-Before the baker was a pan of dough. He worked swiftly, forming it into
-light biscuits--and into each biscuit he put diamonds. He put the
-biscuits into a pan, greased the tops of them, put the pan into one of
-the ovens.
-
-"Two bottles of beer there--open them!" he ordered in a whisper.
-
-One of the five fishermen obeyed. They poured the liquor out, drank a
-part of it, put their glasses down upon the table.
-
-There was bedlam in the streets now. The police had surrounded the
-block. They were battering at doors, and the old watchman was letting
-them in at the front entrance. A crowd already had started to gather.
-
-"Tight hole!" one of the fishermen said.
-
-"Not unless you lose your nerve!" the baker answered. "Beginning to get
-scared?"
-
-"I guess I've got as much nerve as the next man!"
-
-"Then show it!" the baker said. "Make a wrong plan, and all of us will
-be in trouble. They are sure to come in here in a minute or two."
-
-Verbeck and Muggs had entered the establishment with the chief. The old
-watchman told his story in a few words. Lights were turned on, and the
-place searched, and the unconscious men found. Then Verbeck hurried to
-the diamond room, with the others at his heels.
-
-The door of the vault was open. Empty trays were on the floor; and at
-the bottom of the vault was a sheet of white paper, upon which had been
-pasted a row of little black stars.
-
-"Looted!" the chief gasped. "But where can they be?"
-
-"Gone before we got here!" Muggs said.
-
-"The watchman says he heard them just as we came up. There are only two
-exits to the ground floor--the front door and the rear one--and no
-windows in the back large enough to permit a man to pass through."
-
-"And the back door is bolted on the inside--I investigated it," Verbeck
-said.
-
-"Then, where have they gone?" the chief cried. "This thing is getting on
-my nerves! But we've got the block surrounded, and every man inside the
-lines will give an account of himself."
-
-The search of the block began, and it was a methodical and thorough
-one. Building by building, room by room it went on, while the crowds
-gathered outside. The chief took up his station on a corner and received
-reports that were highly discouraging. It appeared that the master
-criminal's men had disappeared into thin air, or else had left the place
-before the police arrived.
-
-Verbeck and Muggs conducted an investigation of their own, but found
-nothing to help them.
-
-"This gets my goat, boss!" Muggs said. "I think it's a hoodoo to work
-with the cops."
-
-"I'm beginning to think that myself, Muggs," Verbeck replied. "The Black
-Star tricks the police, and when we are with them we get tricked, too.
-Beginning with to-morrow, Muggs, you and I tackle the job on an
-independent basis."
-
-"That's great, boss! And we'll get that big crook, too!"
-
-"We'll get him!" Verbeck promised.
-
-"And when we do, you turn your back for about five minutes, and let me
-handle him," Muggs begged. "I want to give him the sore throat, and give
-it to him bad!"
-
-"Maybe you'll get the chance," Verbeck said.
-
-Down in the bakeshop the five fishermen were making merry around the
-table. Upon them entered half a dozen policemen, a captain at their
-head.
-
-"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" the officer demanded,
-looking at them suspiciously.
-
-The five fishermen showed alarm in their faces. The baker rushed
-forward.
-
-"Why, they're friends of mine, captain," he said. "They're fishermen,
-and come up from the wharf now and then at night to have a little drink
-of beer with me. I've known them for years."
-
-"What are your names, and where do you live and work?" the captain
-asked.
-
-They were ready with that information. They had prepared it in advance;
-and, if their answers were investigated, they would stand the test.
-
-"Well, maybe you're all right, but we can't afford to take any chances,"
-the captain said. "The Black Star's gang has made a haul in the jewelry
-house on the other side of the block, and we're taking a good look at
-every man around here. You'll have to stand a search, or be taken in!"
-
-The five fishermen announced that they were willing to be searched. The
-search was carried out immediately. From their pockets were taken
-knives, bits of twine, chewing tobacco, soiled handkerchiefs--things one
-would expect to find in the pockets of such men. They had, of course,
-hidden their vapor guns and their drilling tools in a safe place under
-the cellar flagstones before the police came upon them.
-
-"Well, what are you hanging around here to-night for?" the captain
-demanded.
-
-"They just came up to have a little drink with me, and to get some fresh
-bread," the baker explained. "They are waiting for it now--fresh-bread
-and light biscuits. Jim, there, is a fiend for my light biscuits."
-
-As he finished speaking, the baker turned to his oven and opened the
-door. A delicious aroma streamed forth, and the men sniffed. Bread and
-biscuits were tumbled out, and the baker started wrapping them up.
-
-"What did that gang get in the jewelry store?" he asked the captain.
-
-"Don't know exactly--diamonds, I suppose. You men get your stuff and get
-out of here. I guess you're all right. How are you going to get home?"
-
-"We've got a launch down at the wharf," one of them replied. "She ain't
-much to look at, and ain't any race horse, but she does manage to get
-through the water a bit. Good enough for our business, I reckon."
-
-"Get your stuff and come along. I'll see you through the lines," the
-captain told them. "We'll have to search your shop, baker. I'll leave a
-couple of men to do that."
-
-"All right. But I ain't in the diamond business," the baker said,
-grinning.
-
-The captain opened the door and motioned for the five fishermen to pass
-him. He conducted them to the street and across it, and passed them
-through the lines. They went on toward the waterfront, talking loudly,
-swaggering and staggering a bit, jesting, and now and then singing a
-snatch of song.
-
-Four of them carried a loaf of bread each. The fifth man carried a dozen
-light biscuits beneath his arm.
-
-And in those biscuits was a fortune in diamonds!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVII
-
-MUGGS SEES HIS MAN
-
-
-Again the morning newspapers carried full-page stories of the
-depredations of the Black Star and his band. Once more the police were
-called idiots, and demands were made that the chief resign. Sheriff
-Kowen was held up to scorn.
-
-The newspapers carried another story, too--that Roger Verbeck had had a
-quarrel with the chief of police over the way the fight against the
-Black Star was being conducted, had left police headquarters with Muggs,
-too angry to speak to the reporters, and had declared afterward, when
-seen at his apartment, that he was done. Why should he perform the
-duties of the police and at the same time submit to the abuse of the
-imbecile chief, he was said to have asked? As far as he was concerned,
-the Black Star could loot banks and private residences and conduct
-himself as he pleased. Roger Verbeck might, within a few days, take
-himself out of the city and remain until there was some resemblance of
-law and order again.
-
-The chief of police merely admitted that there had been trouble between
-himself and Verbeck, and said that he felt the police force capable of
-attending to its own affairs without any help from plain citizens, a
-remark that caused more than one caustic editorial.
-
-The Black Star had sent another letter to the newspapers, and it made
-interesting reading. It was as follows:
-
- TO THE PUBLIC: I said I would purloin famous objects of art and
- valuable jewels, and I have kept my word, as I always do. Some day
- when I have time, and it will not imperil any of my people to do
- so, I shall send a letter telling just how it was done.
-
- My campaign against the city has been highly successful so far, and
- I have no reason to believe it ever will be otherwise. The antics
- of the police and the sheriff and his deputies are particularly
- amusing to me; it would be more amusing if they were foemen worthy
- of my steel.
-
- I shall rest for a day, and two nights from now shall resume my
- campaign. For the trouble I experienced during my incarceration,
- the city must pay in full. I do not even care to state the nature
- of my next exploit, but I guarantee that it will be sensational.
- *****
-
-Roger Verbeck and Muggs slept until noon that day, then had breakfast
-and read the newspapers. Verbeck's face glowed when he read of the
-quarrel between the police and himself.
-
-"It may work, Muggs, and it may not," he said. "I fixed it up with the
-chief, and he certainly has done his part. The Black Star will have us
-watched for a few days, anyway, so we must be on our guard. But if he
-gets the idea that we are after him no longer, we may be able to pick up
-the trail."
-
-"It's a hoodoo to work with cops!" Muggs declared. He had small respect
-for the police, a state of mind that was a relic of the old days when
-he had fought against them himself.
-
-"Well, we'll see what we can do by working alone, Muggs. Have you
-anything to suggest?"
-
-"Only that we find his headquarters, catch the crook in 'em, and give
-him all that's comin' to him!" Muggs said.
-
-"That happens to be a large order, Muggs. If we can do those things,
-victory will perch on our banner."
-
-"I didn't know Victory was a bird," said Muggs. "In pictures they always
-make her a woman."
-
-"Muggs, that was a figure of speech--merely a manner of talking. Victory
-always perches on a banner, Muggs--don't forget it. I've read it a
-thousand times. Anything more to suggest?"
-
-"You'd better go and see your girl," Muggs told him. "You ain't been to
-see her for almost a week, and she'll be gettin' peeved at you."
-
-"I thought you hated the idea of me getting married."
-
-"I do, but it can't be helped," Muggs retorted. "And she's some girl, at
-that. Besides, boss, if I drive you over there, and around town a bit,
-it is just possible that we might spot somebody who belonged to that
-crook's old gang."
-
-"That's what I've been trying to do since he escaped, Muggs, and haven't
-had any luck," Verbeck said. "Get out the roadster."
-
-"Roadster?"
-
-"Yes; we shall not take Miss Wendell out with us. I'll visit her for a
-short time, and then we'll drive around town."
-
-Muggs got out the car, and ten minutes later was driving Roger Verbeck
-across the city to the apartment house that was the home of Faustina
-Wendell, Verbeck's fiancée. Verbeck watched the people on the streets as
-they rode along, and Muggs did when it was possible, but they failed to
-see anybody for whom they were looking.
-
-Verbeck hurried inside when the apartment house was reached, and Muggs
-crouched down behind the wheel, pulled his cap low over his eyes, and
-pretended to be half asleep. But he was scrutinizing every man and woman
-who passed the roadster.
-
-Muggs was rejoicing secretly because Verbeck had elected to work
-independently of the police. That meant that Muggs would play a more
-active part in the affair, and he was as eager for a large part as an
-actor in a stock company. Muggs craved adventure and excitement, and the
-lust of combat was strong within him.
-
-"I'd like to find the big crook!" he growled, as he watched the
-passers-by. "I'd like to find him with just the boss, and hand him a few
-and lug him off to jail and throw him in! Make fun of my boss in the
-newspapers, will he? The big stiff!"
-
-Muggs glanced toward the apartment house. He supposed that Verbeck would
-remain there about two hours instead of a few minutes, as he did
-generally.
-
-"I can't understand this love stuff!" Muggs said. "There's plenty of
-chances to fight without gettin' married. I suppose I'll have to keep
-dressed up all the time and stand in a corner after the boss gets back
-from his honeymoon. It's enough to make a man turn bad again! It's
-enough to----"
-
-Muggs suddenly ceased speculating on marriage and the status of a valet
-in a family. He had spotted a man walking along the street, on the
-opposite side. He turned his eyes and watched him, and his heart almost
-stood still.
-
-"Landers!" he gasped. "The Black Star's lieutenant--or anyway he was
-before. He's done somethin' to his face and hair, and he's fatter--but
-he's Landers. He's got a nerve paradin' the streets this way!"
-
-This was something that Verbeck should know! But Roger Verbeck was
-visiting Miss Wendell, and she lived on the tenth floor, and in a rear
-apartment, with her mother. It would take Muggs several minutes to get
-inside the house and telephone up, and Verbeck several minutes to get
-down to the roadster. And Landers was signaling a taxicab!
-
-Muggs darted inside the house and up to the desk.
-
-"I'm Mr. Verbeck's chauffeur!" he said. "He's visitin' Miss Wendell. You
-phone up that Muggs had to hurry away--that he saw a man. He'll
-understand!"
-
-Then Muggs dashed out to the street again, sprang into the roadster,
-started the engine, whirled the big machine around, and pursued the
-taxicab.
-
-"This is tough luck!" Muggs told himself. "It's a cinch that Landers
-knows this car. He'll spot it in a minute, if we get out of the heavy
-traffic! I wish I had the boss along!"
-
-The taxicab did not make good speed through the traffic, and Muggs
-remained about a third of a block behind it. After a time it turned into
-a cross street, and presently stopped before an exclusive hotel. Muggs
-swung the roadster to the curb. He saw Landers get out, pay the
-chauffeur, and disappear into the hotel.
-
-Muggs was out of the car instantly, and hurrying forward. He approached
-the entrance, and glanced in. Landers had not stopped at the desk, but
-had gone directly to an elevator. That meant that he was a guest, or a
-frequent visitor.
-
-When the elevator came down again, Muggs hurried over and spoke to the
-boy.
-
-"The gent that just rode up with you----" he began.
-
-"Mr. Smith?"
-
-"Maybe his name's Smith--I don't know. I just wanted to find out where
-he went--got a message for him--phoned it from the office over there."
-
-"He comes here to visit Miss Whaley and her elder sister," the boy
-explained. "You just ring up No. 256, and I guess you can get him."
-
-Muggs went across the lobby and into a telephone booth. But he did not
-call room 256. He called Verbeck at Miss Wendell's apartment, and got
-him on the wire.
-
-"I spotted Landers, boss!" he said. "I trailed him to the New Nortonia
-Hotel. He calls himself Smith here, and he visits a couple of women who
-call themselves Whaley; they're in room 256."
-
-"Great!" Verbeck cried. "Stay there until I come over, Muggs; I'll start
-right away."
-
-"Suppose he leaves before you get here, boss?"
-
-"Then trail him, Muggs, and telephone to me as soon as you can. I'll go
-back home if I miss you!"
-
-Muggs went out on the street again and got into the roadster. He moved
-the car a bit nearer the hotel, and then thought better of it and
-circled to the other side of the street. And there he remained, watching
-the entrance of the hotel.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XVIII
-
-MUGGS MEETS DISASTER
-
-
-Muggs knew that it would take his master some time to get there from the
-apartment house, and he hoped that Landers would remain in the hotel
-until Verbeck arrived. Muggs began speculating, too, as to the identity
-of the two Misses Whaley. Probably they were members of the Black Star's
-organization.
-
-Muggs was doomed to disappointment. Before ten minutes had passed, he
-saw Landers come from the hotel and start walking up the street. Muggs
-wheeled the roadster, and followed slowly. Landers was on the opposite
-side.
-
-"I hope he don't look this way and spot me!" Muggs growled. "He sure
-would remember this car. There ain't another like it in town, and he saw
-plenty of it when we were after the big crook before. I sure hope he
-don't look this way!"
-
-It appeared that Muggs was to have his wish. Landers walked briskly down
-the street for three blocks, and then stepped to the curb. A big touring
-car was standing there, and Landers spoke to the chauffeur and sprang
-in. The car started down the avenue, and Muggs followed in the roadster.
-
-The touring car cut across the city, following the boulevards and
-keeping away from the busy streets, and it appeared to Muggs that the
-chauffeur was trying to make speed. After a time it turned into the
-street that led to the river drive, and the speed became higher.
-
-"Drivin' for his health, is he?" Muggs asked himself, and then answered:
-"Not any, he ain't. That bird's got all the health he needs. It's coin
-he's after--other folks' coin!"
-
-Mile after mile Muggs followed the car ahead, now creeping up closer
-when there was traffic, now dropping behind so there would be no
-suspicion that he was deliberately following. Muggs knew that the
-roadster he was driving could overhaul the other car at any time. He had
-made a note of the other car's number, too.
-
-Then they reached the pleasure resort, and the car ahead turned in.
-Muggs promptly followed.
-
-"Must be out for his health, after all," he mused. "Maybe he's goin' to
-meet some more of the gang out here. It'd be a good place at that, in
-all this crowd."
-
-On seeing Landers get out, he parked the roadster and followed his man.
-Landers walked down to the water front and watched the bathers. Muggs
-watched him from a corner where he could not be seen. He saw that
-Landers glanced around now and then, as if to search for some one, or to
-see whether there was an enemy near.
-
-Then Landers began walking along the shore of the river, and presently
-turned into a little grove and made his way toward a road that ran
-through the woods.
-
-"Now we get it!" Muggs said. "Here's where he meets some of the gang. I
-wish the boss was here!"
-
-Muggs followed him cautiously through the woods, careful not to attract
-attention. They came to a lane, and Landers turned down it, glanced
-around, and then began walking faster.
-
-Muggs remained in the woods, but followed as swiftly as he could. He
-managed to keep Landers in sight. After a time he saw his quarry leave
-the lane and plunge into the woods again, cut through them, and come out
-where there was a clearing and an old farmhouse in the midst of a grove
-of trees.
-
-Crouching behind a clump of brush, Muggs watched Landers stoop and pick
-up something. The man's back was turned and Muggs could not see what he
-was doing. Presently he got up, walked to the gate, stood there a
-moment, and then opened it and passed inside. He took great care, Muggs
-thought, to see that the gate was closed and latched again.
-
-The valet remained where he was for several minutes, and then crept
-forward under the brush until he reached the spot where he had seen
-Landers stoop. He felt around there--and found a telephone.
-
-"Ha!" Muggs said to himself. "This is a funny thing to find around here.
-He phoned before he opened that gate, too! I've got an idea that fence
-ain't a pleasant thing to touch, and I ain't goin' to try it until I
-know. I wish the boss was here!"
-
-He put the telephone back, crept on through the brush, and watched the
-house. There was nobody in sight.
-
-"I'll bet that's the big crook's headquarters, or one of his branches
-where he plans things," Muggs told himself. "And I ain't man enough to
-tackle it alone. The thing for me to do is get back and phone the boss,
-and get him out here with a gang!"
-
-Muggs started to back through the brush. He heard a step behind him,
-then whirled and tried to get to his feet. He found himself in the
-clutches of two men dressed as fishermen.
-
-In his younger days, Muggs had enjoyed a reputation for being an
-excellent rough-and-tumble fighter. He still retained some of his
-strength and all his knowledge of how to conduct such a combat. He
-uttered no word, but went into action.
-
-He kicked, struck, tried to bite and to get his thumbs into the eyes of
-one of his antagonists, ignoring all rules of fistic combat, striving
-only to be victor. But he found that he was fighting men who were used
-to such tactics.
-
-Back and forth across the ground they fought and wrestled, until Muggs'
-breath was coming in gasps, he was seeing red, and he felt his strength
-going. Another fisherman crashed through the brush and threw himself
-into the fray--and Muggs went down from a blow to his chin.
-
-He came back to consciousness to find two of the fishermen bending over
-him, one of them throwing water in his face. He struggled to get up, but
-they held him securely. Then he saw that he was not out of doors, but in
-the house.
-
-"No more fightin' for you just now!" one of the fishermen growled at
-him.
-
-"Let me up, and I'll show you!" Muggs said. "What you mean jumpin' me
-like you did?"
-
-"What do you mean by snoopin' around and investigatin' things you ain't
-got any business investigatin'?"
-
-"I don't remember investigatin' anything. Can't a man bum through the
-woods any more? Is there a law agin' it?"
-
-"There is in this particular section of the woods," the fisherman
-replied. "And you needn't try to run any bluff, either. We watched you
-lookin' at that telephone--and we was watchin' you before that,
-trailin' a man."
-
-"Yeh?" Muggs asked.
-
-"Yeh! And now you're goin' to do a little explainin'."
-
-"Let's see you make me!" Muggs exclaimed.
-
-"We ain't goin' to try to make yeh. There's another man to do that. You
-get up and we'll tie your hands behind your back, in case you want to
-get violent and beat somebody up. And if you start a fight again, we'll
-just wallop the everlastin' face off you. Get me?"
-
-They lifted Muggs up. He started to struggle, but was no match for them.
-They held him, and lashed his wrists together behind his back with fish
-cord. Then they thrust him along a narrow hall and to a door.
-
-One of them pressed a button, and Muggs heard a bell tinkle. Then a
-buzzer sounded.
-
-"In you go!" one of the fishermen said.
-
-They opened the door and thrust him forward, and he heard the door
-slammed behind him. Muggs blinked his eyes rapidly, for the hall had
-been half dark, and the apartment in which he now stood was lighted
-brilliantly.
-
-He saw a room with expensive furnishings. A long table was in the middle
-of it, heavy chairs were scattered around, and before him was a man
-dressed in a black robe, with a black mask on his face, and a flaming
-star of jet on his hood.
-
-"Greetings, my dear Muggs!" the Black Star said. "I regret it if some of
-my men handled you roughly, but then you are inclined to violence
-yourself."
-
-"You--you----" Muggs gasped.
-
-"Be seated, Muggs. You must be fatigued after your recent exertions. I
-understand that you put up a good fight."
-
-"I'll put up a better one if I ever get a chance at you!" Muggs growled.
-"I'll show you how to make fun of my boss in the newspapers! You _big_
-crook!"
-
-"That is not an insult, my dear Muggs, but a compliment. I flatter
-myself that I am a big crook. Please sit down."
-
-Muggs complied. He was still weak from the fight, and he felt that he
-wanted to gather what strength he could, for use in case an opportunity
-presented itself.
-
-"I understand that you followed a certain member of my organization,"
-the Black Star went on. "I have rebuked him for his carelessness. Since
-you have discovered my location, I cannot allow you your freedom, of
-course, and have you bring the police down upon me. I make it a point,
-as perhaps you learned before, to change my headquarters now and then.
-But I am very comfortable and safe here, and have no intention of moving
-for some time. So you are to be my guest, Muggs, until I do decide to
-move."
-
-"That's what _you_ say!" Muggs exclaimed.
-
-"I scarcely think you'll escape, Muggs, if that is what is in your mind.
-And, if you behave yourself, I may show you some very interesting
-things. I shall feed you well, Muggs, and give you plenty of cigarettes.
-What more can man desire? I do this because I admire your loyalty to
-your employer. Perhaps, if I keep you prisoner, and so inform him, he
-will exert himself and add spice to our little game. Mr. Verbeck hasn't
-betrayed any great amount of cleverness recently, you know."
-
-"Is that so?" Muggs retorted. "He could, if he wanted to, I guess! It
-looks as if you don't read the newspapers. My boss ain't in the game any
-more. He and the chief had a scrap!"
-
-"Oh, my dear Muggs! Give me credit for having some intelligence, and
-some clever people in my organization. I happen to know that it is all a
-trick--and not a very clever trick at that. I know the arrangement he
-made with the chief. Thought I'd take my eyes off him, didn't he? Utter
-rot!"
-
-"I tell you he had a scrap----"
-
-"If that is so--if Verbeck is no longer trying to capture me--why do you
-betray so much interest in my affairs?" the Black Star demanded. "Why
-did you follow my man to-day? Why did you trail him through the woods?
-Muggs, your story is weak."
-
-Muggs saw that it was, but he wasn't willing to admit it.
-
-"I didn't say I had quit, did I?" he asked. "Maybe I'm after you on my
-own hook. There's a fat reward up, ain't there?"
-
-"That's not at all clever, Muggs. But we need talk along this line no
-more. We understand each other, Muggs. You are my enforced guest for a
-time, and I trust that you'll appreciate my hospitality. If you start
-causing trouble, I shall be forced to descend to means I abhor--and use
-violence!"
-
-"You untie my hands and take off that fool robe, and I'll give you all
-the violence you want!" Muggs cried. "Maybe I can't fight half a dozen
-thugs of your gang, but I can handle you, all right, without any help!"
-
-"I fear that I must refuse to accept the challenge, Muggs. I have work
-to do, and it would be delayed if you happened to lay me up for a few
-days. Perhaps, some other time----"
-
-"Yellow streak!" Muggs taunted.
-
-"Take care!" the Black Star thundered angrily. "You may go too far, my
-man!"
-
-"Don't you 'my man' me! Even my boss don't do that, and no crook's goin'
-to! Not on your life!"
-
-"Then do not make me lose my temper," the Black Star said. "Go over to
-that couch and make yourself comfortable, Muggs. You may see and hear
-some interesting things. Since you are to be my guest for some time,
-until a certain thing is accomplished, I do not care how much you learn.
-I have an idea that some of my people are about to report."
-
-Muggs, a sudden gleam in his eye, got up and went over to the couch. It
-was like the Black Star to let him overhear orders and commands; and
-there always was a chance that he could escape and give the alarm. He
-needed rest now to gather his strength. He would wait, learn all that he
-could, catch the Black Star off guard as soon as possible, and effect an
-escape.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XIX
-
-IMPORTANT INFORMATION
-
-
-The Black Star watched him closely as he sat down on the couch and tried
-to make himself comfortable, which was a difficult thing for him to do
-with his wrists lashed behind his back.
-
-"Muggs," he said, "where did you pick up Landers?"
-
-"What you talkin' about?"
-
-"You know very well. You followed Landers out here, and some of my men
-saw you trailing him, saw you find the telephone. You know Landers well,
-for he was one of my old organization and escaped when Verbeck caught me
-and scattered my men."
-
-"What difference does it make?" Muggs asked. "I picked him up, didn't
-I?"
-
-"I give you credit for it, Muggs. But just where did you pick him up? If
-any of my men are careless, I want to know it. Was it Landers'
-carelessness or your cleverness?"
-
-"I saw the big stiff walkin' along the street and gettin' into an auto,
-and trailed him," Muggs said.
-
-"Very good!" replied the Black Star.
-
-Muggs felt sure that there was a note of keen satisfaction in the Black
-Star's speech, and he guessed the reason for it. The master crook
-thought Muggs meant that he had seen Landers getting into the touring
-car. He was worrying for fear Muggs knew of his visit to the hotel.
-
-"Some more of the gang there--them Whaley women!" Muggs told himself.
-
-A bell on the wall tinkled, and the Black Star hurried to one end of the
-room and pressed a button.
-
-"I must ask you to remain perfectly quiet, Muggs," he warned. "You may
-see all you like, since you'll never be able to give out the information
-soon enough to hurt my plans, but you must not speak when any of my
-people are in the room. Be good, Muggs, and I'll have your hands untied
-after a while."
-
-The door at the other end of the room was opened, and a robed and masked
-man came in and went to the blackboard. He regarded Muggs carefully, but
-the Black Star motioned for him to proceed.
-
-"Number Two," he wrote.
-
-"Countersign?"
-
-"Bennington."
-
-"Report," wrote the Black Star, and as Muggs watched they held their
-conversation on the blackboards, writing and erasing, neither speaking a
-word.
-
-"Invitation list includes all prominent and wealthy persons in the city
-and some from out of town," wrote Number Two.
-
-"Date remains the same?"
-
-"Yes; to-morrow night."
-
-"How about detectives?"
-
-"Four--two men and two women--from the usual agency. We cannot handle
-any of them by the customary means, but they will not be hard to get out
-of the way."
-
-"Make arrangements for doing so," wrote the Black Star. "If you need
-help, ask for it to-morrow morning. What arrangements have been made
-about refreshments?"
-
-"A caterer is to serve them. Two of the waiters are our men."
-
-"Good! Anything special regarding possible loot?"
-
-"Since it is such an affair, all the women are likely to wear their most
-expensive jewels," wrote Number Two. "Social rivalry that exists at
-present will tend toward this."
-
-"That is all for the present. Retire!"
-
-Number Two erased what was written, bowed, and backed through the door.
-The Black Star glanced at a little clock that stood on the table before
-him.
-
-"I have a few minutes before the next man reports, Muggs," he said, "and
-so I'll be glad to explain in part. I presume you have heard of our fair
-city's society leader, Mrs. Richard Branniton?"
-
-"Sure!" said Muggs.
-
-"She is giving quite an affair to-morrow evening at her palatial
-residence, Muggs. Her husband, if you happen to remember, was the
-district attorney who prosecuted me when I was on trial recently. At
-this reception and ball, she is to entertain two prominent diplomats who
-are visiting in the city. The cream of the city's wealth and society
-will be present, Muggs. It will be some party!"
-
-"Well, what about it? I ain't invited," Muggs growled.
-
-"You may be a guest at that, Muggs; I may take you with me."
-
-"Oh! You're invited, are you?" Muggs asked sarcastically.
-
-"No; but I am going. It isn't quite the thing to go to an affair to
-which you have received no invitation, yet I intend doing it, Muggs.
-There are times when I am not strictly conventional, as you may have
-guessed. I am going, Muggs--and I am going to take about twenty or
-thirty of my best men with me."
-
-"It'll sure be some party, then!"
-
-"There will be a few exciting moments, I doubt not. You see, Muggs, the
-ladies will wear fortunes in jewels--and I love jewels. Besides, they
-are worth money when properly marketed. I shall strip Mrs. Richard
-Branniton's guests of their precious jewels. This will injure that lady
-socially to a certain extent, and thereby hurt Mr. Branniton, who was
-quite nasty at the time of my trial."
-
-"He wasn't nasty enough!"
-
-"Oh, well, you are prejudiced, Muggs. And the jewels are not all, Muggs.
-We are going to abduct those two famous diplomats and hold them for
-ransom. Is not that a master stroke? I certainly am a big crook, am I
-not?"
-
-"You can't get away with it!" Muggs said.
-
-"Nonsense! We have a place prepared to which we shall take them. We have
-a method of collecting the ransom when it is paid--a safe method. And it
-will be paid, Muggs--two hundred thousand dollars for each man. You see,
-they are here on international business, and very important business at
-that. It will be necessary to secure their release at once. If it is not
-accomplished, there might be trouble with a certain other country. Oh,
-we have it all planned, Muggs, and the job will not be so difficult as
-others I have handled."
-
-"You go to monkeyin' with the government, and you'll get yours good and
-plenty!" Muggs warned him.
-
-"I fear no government, Muggs! I tell you, our plans are perfect. The
-ransom will be paid within three days."
-
-The Black Star went to the table, opened a drawer, and consulted a
-memorandum book. Again the little bell on the wall tinkled. Once more
-the Black Star pressed a button and a robed and masked man entered and
-stepped up to the blackboard.
-
-"Number Four," he wrote.
-
-"Countersign?"
-
-"Delaware."
-
-"Report," wrote the Black Star.
-
-"Lord Sambery and Sir Burton Banks will arrive to-morrow morning at ten
-o'clock and be taken at once to the Branniton residence. They will have
-luncheon there, and then be taken for a drive through the city."
-
-"How many will be in the party?"
-
-"Just the luncheon party--perhaps fifteen."
-
-"What else?" the Black Star wrote.
-
-"Diplomats will return to the Branniton residence and remain for the
-reception. Arrangements you ordered have been made."
-
-"Good!" the Black Star wrote. "Report at usual time to-morrow for
-additional orders. Retire!"
-
-The man bowed and backed through the door. The Black Star turned toward
-Muggs again.
-
-"Oh, it is a wonderful organization, my dear Muggs!" he said. "It is far
-more wonderful than the one I had before."
-
-"I ain't carin' much about it!" Muggs said. "These blamed cords are
-cuttin' my wrists, and my nose itches and I can't scratch it!"
-
-"Suppose I untie you?"
-
-"You'd better watch me, if you do."
-
-"Ah! That is what I thought," the master crook said. "You retain your
-violent nature, I see. One of these days you will realize the futility
-of it, Muggs."
-
-"I'll realize my life ambition by beatin' you up!" Muggs replied. "You
-goin' to take off these cords?"
-
-"Not that. But I'll have your wrists tied in front, so you will be able
-to scratch your nose," said the Black Star, chuckling.
-
-He opened the hall door and called two of the fishermen into the room.
-For some reason, it appeared, the fishermen did not wear robes and masks
-before the Black Star, and evidently did not care that Muggs saw their
-faces.
-
-The master rogue issued his orders, and the two men untied Muggs'
-wrists, lashed them again in front of him, and then hurried away.
-
-"Now you may scratch your nose," the Black Star said. "I suppose you'll
-be trying to free yourself, too. Allow me to tell you, Muggs, that you'd
-not get very far if you did."
-
-"I noticed Landers wait until the current was turned off that fence,"
-Muggs said.
-
-"Ah! You know about that, do you? But that is only one thing among many,
-my dear Muggs. I'd advise you to be a contented prisoner for the time
-being. You'll gain nothing by trying to escape."
-
-"Well, how long are you goin' to keep me here?"
-
-"Until I move to my next headquarters, I said."
-
-"And when'll that be?"
-
-"In two weeks possibly. Until then, Muggs, you must be one of us. When I
-move, I'll have you dropped somewhere in town, and you can tell Verbeck
-and the newspapers all you saw and heard. You'll be getting your picture
-on the front page, Muggs."
-
-Again the bell tinkled, and once more a robed and masked man entered and
-stepped to the blackboard. He gave his number and countersign.
-
-"Report," wrote the Black Star.
-
-"It is as you thought--Verbeck is still after us."
-
-"Anything more about Verbeck?"
-
-"He visited his fiancée this afternoon, and afterward took a taxi and
-got out at a busy corner. He remained there for some time, and then went
-home. He acted as if he was waiting for somebody."
-
-"Anything else?"
-
-"Verbeck's roadster is at the resort down the river, and has been there
-for several hours. We didn't see Verbeck."
-
-"His chauffeur left it there; that is his chauffeur on the couch," the
-Black Star wrote.
-
-The man at the other blackboard turned and regarded Muggs through the
-slits in his mask. Muggs knew what that meant. Here was a man who was
-not acquainted with him, but hereafter he would know Roger Verbeck's
-chauffeur when he saw him.
-
-"Anything else?" the Black Star wrote again.
-
-"Sheriff Kowen is swearing in more deputies, and some of them are
-experienced officers who have retired."
-
-"Anything from police headquarters?"
-
-"Nothing, sir, except that the chief is keeping in communication with
-Verbeck through some third person. We have not located this person yet."
-
-"Do so as soon as possible, and let me know the result over the
-telephone," the Black Star wrote. "That is all!"
-
-The masked man bowed and backed through the door. Once more the master
-crook faced Muggs.
-
-"You see, my dear Muggs, I find out everything," he said. "I could tell
-you what Roger Verbeck had to eat at breakfast this morning. How can a
-man like Verbeck expect to win against an organization such as mine?"
-
-"He'll win, all right!" Muggs growled. "He'll get you before he quits!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XX
-
-ON THE TRAIL
-
-
-Having received Muggs' startling telephone message that he was trailing
-Landers, the master crook's trusted lieutenant, Roger Verbeck left his
-fiancée, hurried from the apartment house, engaged a taxicab, and had
-the chauffeur drive him to the New Nortonia Hotel as quickly as
-possible.
-
-He got out of the cab half a block away from the hotel entrance, and
-looked around for the roadster and Muggs, but failed to find them.
-Verbeck's enthusiasm began to die instantly. He had hoped to find Muggs
-still there, to join him, possibly to follow Landers until he met more
-of the gang.
-
-For half an hour Verbeck loitered around the corner, and then he decided
-that Muggs had been forced to go on alone, that Landers had left the
-hotel and Muggs had been afraid to remain behind, lest he lose his man.
-So Verbeck went home to await another telephone message, as he had told
-Muggs he would do.
-
-At the end of an hour, he had received no message. He paced the floor,
-consumed several cigarettes, and began worrying a bit about it. That
-Muggs was the sort of man to rush into trouble, Verbeck knew well. Muggs
-was inclined to fight first and think about things afterward. If Muggs
-had located Landers, and Landers did not know it, there were several
-possibilities.
-
-Muggs might have followed the Black Star's lieutenant to the master
-crook's headquarters, or been decoyed to some other place and made
-prisoner. It was the silence of Muggs that bothered Roger Verbeck.
-Surely he could have managed to get to a telephone within an hour,
-Verbeck thought.
-
-Verbeck waited for another hour, and still had received no message from
-Muggs. He called a certain number himself, and spoke at length to the
-man who answered him, and who would relay the message to the chief of
-police by word of mouth.
-
-"Muggs spotted one of the Black Star's men and started to follow him,"
-Verbeck said. "He hasn't reported to me since. Tell the chief to have
-all the men on the force look for my roadster, as Muggs was driving it.
-Muggs may need help. And wherever that roadster is found, some of the
-Black Star's men may be in the neighborhood. Understand? Possibly Muggs
-has not had a chance to communicate with me. He may be a prisoner."
-
-Roger Verbeck continued to pace the floor of his living room and wait.
-Half an hour afterward his telephone bell rang, and he hastened to
-answer, hoping that the call was from Muggs, and that it would lead to
-the apprehension of the Black Star or some of his people.
-
-"Mr. Verbeck?" asked a voice.
-
-"Yes."
-
-"Good afternoon. I trust that you are in excellent health. This is the
-Black Star speaking!"
-
-"Well, what do you want?" Verbeck growled.
-
-"Aren't you rather discourteous this afternoon? I have important news
-for you, too. Your man, Muggs is making me an extended visit at my
-headquarters. That is what I wished to let you know. He followed a
-member of my band, and stumbled upon the place. Some more of my men
-subdued him. I must keep him here now, of course, but I shall take good
-care of him, I assure you."
-
-"You'd better!" Verbeck said.
-
-"And your splendid roadster, Mr. Verbeck--Muggs was driving it, as you
-know. I have had one of my men take it downtown and leave it in front of
-the public library. You'd better hurry there and get it, or you'll be
-fined for leaving it standing in the street so long. I couldn't leave it
-where Muggs deserted it, you know; that might have given a clew to my
-whereabouts."
-
-Then the Black Star terminated the conversation abruptly, and Roger
-Verbeck slammed the receiver into its hook. Verbeck had hoped that the
-discovery of his roadster would put the police and himself on the right
-trail.
-
-Once more Verbeck called the go-between, and had the chief of police
-informed of his conversation with the Black Star. Then he called the
-office of the sheriff.
-
-"That you, Kowen?" he asked. "This is Roger Verbeck. It has been given
-out, as you know, that I am no longer working with the police, and I am
-not certain whether the Black Star believes it, or not, though I
-scarcely think that he does. So I don't want to call on the police for
-help just now. I wish you'd hurry right up here to my place, Kowen. I've
-got an important clew. And have one of your men go to the corner by the
-New Nortonia Hotel and wait there for us, will you? We may need him."
-
-"I'll send a good man there, and I'll be with you in fifteen minutes!"
-Kowen declared.
-
-The sheriff was as good as his word. A quarter of an hour later he was
-sitting before the table in Verbeck's living room, puffing at a cigar
-Verbeck had given him.
-
-"Well, Verbeck, what's the idea?" he wanted to know. "If you've got a
-clew to that crook's whereabouts, for Heaven's sake let's get busy on
-it. If we don't land him pretty quick, the dear public will be running
-us out of town."
-
-"I visited my fiancée this afternoon," Verbeck said, "and left Muggs
-sitting in the roadster. A few minutes later, the clerk in the apartment
-house telephoned up to me that Muggs had said to tell me he had seen a
-man, and would call me later.
-
-"I knew what that meant, of course. We had been watching continually for
-some of the Black Star's old people. So I waited eagerly for his
-message, and finally it came. The man he had been trailing was Landers,
-one of the Black Star's trusted lieutenants. Muggs said he had gone to
-the New Nortonia Hotel, and was visiting a couple of women named Whaley,
-who had room 256 there."
-
-"Some clew!" said the sheriff.
-
-"Wait! I told Muggs I'd be right over, but that if Landers left the
-hotel to follow him and call me at home later. When I got over there,
-Muggs was gone. I came home, and waited a couple of hours, but got no
-message from him. Finally the Black Star called me up. He said he had
-Muggs at his headquarters and would keep him a prisoner for a time.
-Muggs stumbled into some sort of a trap, it seems. We don't know where
-the crook's headquarters are, of course. But I'm inclined to
-investigate room 256, at the New Nortonia Hotel, sheriff. What do you
-think about it?"
-
-"I should say we will investigate it!" Kowen declared. "If the Black
-Star's lieutenant visits the people in that room, I want to know who
-those people are."
-
-"Muggs said they were two sisters named Whaley. That means nothing, of
-course. They probably belong to the Black Star's gang. They may be
-important, or they may be merely mediums through whom members of the
-band receive messages and orders from one another. Now, we want to go
-about this thing carefully, sheriff. We ought to investigate, but we
-don't care to have them know of it until we learn all there is to be
-learned."
-
-"I get the idea," the sheriff agreed. "Let's go!"
-
-"We'll wait until after dark--which will not be more than a couple of
-hours," Verbeck said. "I'll have some dinner sent up here, and that will
-help kill the time. I visit that hotel now and then myself--have a
-bachelor friend who lives there. So the clerk and elevator boy will
-think nothing of it if we go right up without being announced. You leave
-the little details for me, Kowen. All I want is your official
-support--and your good right arm, of course, in case we get into a bit
-of trouble."
-
-"You can have 'em both!" the sheriff said.
-
-Verbeck ordered the dinner, and the sheriff indulged in a moment of
-luxury. Never before had he smoked such cigars or eaten such food. Being
-a young man of fortune was a good thing, Kowen decided. He didn't see
-why Roger Verbeck should go around trying to round up a master crook
-when he was so comfortable at home.
-
-Night descended, and they left the apartment and the building by means
-of a rear stairs. Verbeck explained that it was probable that the Black
-Star had somebody watching the place.
-
-"We don't want them to think we know anything about that hotel," he
-said. "We may lose our chance to nab some of them if they get an idea we
-are on the right trail."
-
-They walked through back streets, keeping in the shadows as much as
-possible, and finally reached the hostelry. There, of course, they had
-to enter boldly. Verbeck nodded to the clerk and hurried to the elevator
-with the sheriff at his heels. They ascended to the fourth floor, where
-Verbeck's friend, Lawrence, lived.
-
-"We're here on business connected with a gentleman known to fame as the
-Black Star, Lawrence," Verbeck said, finding his friend in his suite.
-
-"Good Lord! Think I'm a member of his gang?" Lawrence asked.
-
-"Scarcely, or we'd not be taking you into our confidence," Verbeck
-replied. "Be a good boy, now, and help us, will you?"
-
-"Surely! That big crook nipped my aunt's diamonds the last time he was
-on a rampage, and she never got them back. Just give me a chance at him.
-Those stones were to have been mine some day."
-
-"In that case, you probably want revenge," said Verbeck, laughing. "Now,
-answer a few questions. You've lived here for three or four years and
-should know something about the place."
-
-"I know all about it," Lawrence said.
-
-"Where is room 256?"
-
-"Ah! I had that room when I first came here, before I could get a suite.
-It's on the second floor, directly beneath us a couple of stories, with
-a fire escape running past its principal window."
-
-"Of course there would be a fire escape," said Verbeck. "There are times
-when fire escapes are handy things. Lawrence, do you know the people who
-have that room now? I understand a couple of sisters live there--Whaley
-by name."
-
-"I've seen one of them many times--sour-looking old girl about forty.
-Freeze you with a glance, and all that sort of thing--one of those women
-a man always dodges."
-
-"Sure she is about forty?"
-
-"Great Scott, don't I know the sex? Can't I guess a woman's age nine
-times out of ten? Aren't half the girls in town mad at me now because I
-always insist on doing it, and telling the truth about my guesses? She's
-forty, and she's fat--not plump, but fat--and she always looks as if she
-was ready to bite."
-
-"Well, that description doesn't mean anything in my young life," Verbeck
-said. "I had hoped for something different. How about the other sister?"
-
-"I've glanced at her a couple of times, but I haven't seen her at all
-recently. Maybe she's ill."
-
-"What does she look like--that's what I want to know."
-
-"Um!" said Lawrence. "Grace of a gazelle, my boy. Would have made
-advances, my boy, if the other hadn't frozen me with a glance."
-
-"Hair?"
-
-"Auburn--distinct auburn, the shade I most prefer--and plenty of it.
-Eyes, a sort of gray--don't know exactly what you'd call 'em. And the
-girl can wear clothes. There's a subtle perfume about her, my boy----"
-
-"And you only glanced at her a couple of times, eh? How old do you say
-she is?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"Thirty," Lawrence replied. "Five feet six; weighs about a hundred and
-twenty-five, has magnificent shoulders----"
-
-"I knew it!" Verbeck cried.
-
-"Can you place her?" Kowen asked.
-
-"It is only a guess, of course," said Verbeck. "But I think I know who
-she is. And I'm sure you'd be interested in meeting her, Kowen. You'll
-take such a fancy to her that you'll probably want to take her to jail
-and put her into a cage. Kowen, is that man of yours at the corner, do
-you suppose?"
-
-"If he isn't, he'll be fired pretty quick!"
-
-"Go out and find him, and plant him beneath that fire escape. Tell him
-to nab anybody, man or woman, who tries to go down it. A person can go
-down that escape to the parlor on the first floor, you know, step
-through a window there, and walk out the front door of the hotel. Then
-you hurry right back here, Kowen."
-
-The sheriff grasped his hat and hurried from the suite. Verbeck lighted
-a cigarette, looking toward the ceiling and smiled.
-
-"I say, what is this all about?" Lawrence demanded. "Let me in on it,
-will you? I haven't had a bit of excitement for ages. I'm getting stale,
-man."
-
-"Callow youths such as yourself should not run into danger," Verbeck
-explained.
-
-"Confound it, I'm no callow youth. I'm only three years younger than
-you."
-
-"But I have had experience, Lawrence. Restrain yourself for a few
-minutes, and you may see some excitement. But don't ask questions at the
-present time. I hate answering questions. We must wait until the sheriff
-comes back."
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXI
-
-A TENSE MOMENT
-
-
-Sheriff Kowen located his deputy instantly, and gave the man his orders.
-Then the sheriff showed that there was real stuff in him. He did not
-turn around and reënter the hotel by the main door. It had occurred to
-him that, if any of the Black Star's men were on watch, they might get
-suspicious if they saw him around the place too much.
-
-Kowen walked down the street, entered a cigar store, made a purchase,
-and sauntered on around the block. He darted into the alley and reached
-the rear of the hotel building, and went in at the servants' entrance
-when he was sure that he was not being observed.
-
-He exhibited his badge to the first man he met, and was shown how to
-reach the rear stairs. By this means he mounted to the fourth floor and
-so reached Lawrence's suite again.
-
-"My man's ready," he reported to Verbeck. "If anybody gets down that
-fire escape and away, it'll be peculiar. That man can handle bad ones as
-easily as others handle infants."
-
-"What are you going to do?" Lawrence inquired.
-
-"The sheriff and I are going to investigate room 256 and the inhabitants
-thereof," Verbeck replied. "We are going to walk up to the door and
-knock. If we find, when the door is opened, that we have made a
-mistake, we shall apologize and say something about knocking at the
-wrong door. If we find that we have not made a mistake, there probably
-will be fireworks."
-
-"I always did like fireworks," Lawrence said. "Do I get to see these?"
-
-"You may look from your window all you please," Verbeck said. "But we
-can't have you with us just now. There may be nothing in this, and there
-may be a lot. Ready, sheriff?"
-
-"You know it!" the sheriff answered.
-
-"Allow me to suggest that you put your revolver in your coat pocket, and
-put your hand in the same pocket and grasp the revolver. Don't show the
-weapon, of course, until we are sure that we are right. We don't want to
-frighten innocent persons, if it can be avoided."
-
-"Who do you think is in that room, Verbeck?" Kowen asked.
-
-"Let us see!" Verbeck replied.
-
-Ignoring Lawrence's demand that he be allowed to accompany them, they
-left the suite and walked slowly down the stairs. They reached the
-second floor, and went along the hall until they reached No. 256. There
-they stopped, listened. They could hear somebody talking inside.
-
-Verbeck knocked smartly and then stepped close to the door, the sheriff
-at his side. The voices within were stilled, but nobody answered.
-Verbeck knocked again, and suddenly the door was thrown open.
-
-Sheriff Kowen gasped, and his revolver was whipped from his pocket.
-Roger Verbeck merely chuckled. The woman who had opened the door gave a
-little screech and tried to close it again, but Verbeck's foot
-prevented. They thrust her back, stepped inside, and closed the door
-behind them.
-
-"Good evening, Miss Blanchard!" said Sheriff Kowen. "I tell the truth
-when I say that I am delighted to see you!"
-
-"And it is some time since I have had the pleasure of greeting The
-Princess," Verbeck added. "Pardon the peculiar manner of this call, but
-we felt that it was necessary."
-
-The face of the woman before them had gone white, and now it flushed.
-She stepped backward into the room as they advanced. Sitting near the
-window was another woman--fat and forty--and she sprang to her feet.
-
-"What is the meaning of this intrusion?" she cried. "I shall call the
-office----"
-
-"Calm yourself, madam!" Verbeck told her. "I have not the pleasure of
-your acquaintance, but I find you in bad company, and that is
-sufficient."
-
-"Yes, and I've got a couple of dandy cells down at the county jail!" the
-sheriff said. "They're all cleaned and waiting for you. Hot and cold
-water, and eats three times a day. I've stopped raiding gambling dens
-for the moment and am taking up another line of work."
-
-He glared at Mamie Blanchard, who was standing close to the table and
-glaring back at him.
-
-"Sit down, Miss Blanchard!" Verbeck said. "We are going to have a short
-conversation. And kindly do not attempt any foolish move. I dislike to
-fight a woman, but at times it seems to be necessary."
-
-Mamie Blanchard sat down. Verbeck could tell, by glancing at her face,
-that she had regained her composure--that she was clever, dangerous, a
-woman to be watched closely.
-
-"Well, what is it?" she demanded.
-
-"I don't suppose you'll do as I ask, but I am going to give you a
-chance," Verbeck said. "I want some information about the Black Star."
-
-"I don't know anything about him. I was in his old gang, as you are
-aware. I supposed you had come to arrest me for that. He didn't see fit
-to include me in his new organization, because you knew me, I suppose."
-
-"That statement is not at all clever of you," said Verbeck. "You are
-talking to men who know better. You helped engineer his escape, didn't
-you?"
-
-"Since you know, I did. That is, I got the sheriff to raid the gambling
-house, and decoyed him to the little cottage. The Black Star gave me
-that much to do because I needed money. But that is all."
-
-"You mean your work for him is done?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"Yes."
-
-"You're not in touch with him any more?"
-
-"No."
-
-"Um! And yet Landers, his trusted lieutenant, is a frequent visitor
-here."
-
-"Perhaps that is for personal reasons," said Mamie Blanchard. "We saw
-each other a great deal when we were in the old gang, and we are--well,
-interested in each other to a certain extent."
-
-"I wish that I could believe your story of a fond romance, but I am
-afraid that I cannot," Verbeck said. "Let us put the cards on the table.
-You know, Miss Blanchard, that it is only a question of time when the
-Black Star will be recaptured and his band scattered or sent to jail.
-It will go easier with you personally if you give me the information I
-desire; and please do not waste time and breath by saying that you do
-not know. Where is the Black Star's headquarters?"
-
-"I don't know--and that is the truth."
-
-"Possibly it is the truth, but you report to him through somebody. I
-suppose it is Landers, since he calls here so much. When will Landers be
-here again?"
-
-"I don't know."
-
-"What do you know about the Black Star's plans for the future?"
-
-"I don't know anything about them," said Mamie Blanchard.
-
-"She knows, all right, but she'll not talk," the sheriff declared.
-"Might as well haul them both to jail, I guess. There's an old charge
-against this Blanchard woman, and we can hold the other on suspicion
-while we make an investigation."
-
-"You dare take me to jail!" shouted the fat-and-forty lady.
-
-"Tut, tut!" said Sheriff Kowen.
-
-The sheriff did not take his eyes off Mamie Blanchard. He was aware that
-she was clever, and he was watching for her to make some move. He
-watched her hands particularly.
-
-Verbeck bent forward in his chair again. "It will be a great deal better
-for you to talk," he cautioned.
-
-"I've said all that I am going to say!" Mamie Blanchard declared. "If
-you want to take me to jail, take me! The Black Star will get me out,
-and he'll take pay from the city because I was arrested!"
-
-"You think you can bluff me with a speech like that?" Kowen demanded.
-"Not in the least, young woman! You do not seem to appreciate what you
-are facing."
-
-"And you," she said, "do not seem to appreciate what is behind you at
-this moment!"
-
-"Trying to get me to turn around, so you can make some sort of a move,
-are you?" the sheriff asked. "That's old stuff--telling a man to look
-behind him."
-
-"There is something behind you, all right," she said.
-
-A man's voice greeted them from the rear.
-
-"I've got both of you covered! Drop that gun, sheriff!"
-
-Both the sheriff and Verbeck suddenly felt something pressing against
-the backs of their necks. Each knew what it was--the muzzle of a weapon.
-
-"Drop it!" said the voice again.
-
-The sheriff dropped his gun. He knew it was the only thing to do when
-another man had the drop on him.
-
-"Sit still! Don't turn around!" said the voice again.
-
-Suddenly the air about the two men was filled with pungent fumes. Their
-heads dropped forward. Once more a vapor gun had done its work, and done
-it instantly and well.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Roger Verbeck and Sheriff Kowen returned to consciousness to find that
-they were bound and gagged and lashed to chairs placed against the wall.
-The two women were still in the room. Landers was there, too.
-
-"You fail again, Verbeck," he said. "You must be losing your
-cleverness, as the Black Star says. You enter a room as you entered
-this, and sit down and turn your back upon a closet without examining it
-first. It was very easy to overcome you after that. I didn't look for
-any brains in the sheriff, of course, but I did in you.
-
-"The question now is what to do with you. We have been discussing it
-while you were unconscious. Had I my way, you'd be put where you'd
-bother us no longer, but the Black Star will not countenance that sort
-of violence. He is tender-hearted in some things, as you know.
-
-"It appears that you have discovered our little retreat here, and so we
-cannot remain. These ladies will have to go out with me, without even
-taking their clothes and toilet articles, and not return. It is a
-nuisance to find another hiding place, but there are plenty of them in
-the city. We shall have to leave you here, of course. I promise to
-telephone the hotel later, and have you released.
-
-"Thought you'd get some information, did you? Let me tell you, Roger
-Verbeck, that you'll never catch the Black Star this time. And he'll
-strip the city before he is through. He has planned something for
-to-morrow night that will not only startle the city, but the entire
-country as well. There is not a chance in the world of you or the police
-or the sheriff's force preventing it--or doing anything after it has
-been accomplished."
-
-Landers motioned to the women, and they went to the closet for hats and
-cloaks.
-
-"I don't see the sense of leaving everything," Mamie Blanchard said. "We
-can say at the office that I am going away for a few days, but that my
-sister will remain. They'll think that you are merely taking me to the
-train. At least, I can take a bag. I can put a lot of things in that."
-
-"Very well; perhaps that would be best," Landers agreed. "Take your
-time, my dear. There is no need to rush things. We are not likely to be
-disturbed here. You'd better put on a heavy veil, too. There may be a
-deputy or two around the hotel, and some of them might recognize you.
-I'll telephone for a taxi just before we go down."
-
-The two women began packing the bag, while Landers turned his back on
-his prisoners, went to the window and looked down at the street.
-
-Verbeck and the sheriff glanced at each other helplessly. There was
-small chance that they would be able to trail Landers and the women if
-they got away now; and after this they would keep in hiding better. It
-appeared that the Black Star's good luck was with him yet.
-
-Verbeck tugged at his bonds, but knew instantly that there was small
-hope of freeing himself. If he did, Landers held the advantage. But it
-was Verbeck's idea that he could get free at least soon after the others
-left the room, and make an effort to trace them.
-
-Landers turned away from the window.
-
-"Verbeck, your man trailed me this afternoon," he said. "He saw me come
-into this hotel, I suppose, and found out what room I visited. He's out
-at the Black Star's headquarters now, a pampered guest; but when I get a
-chance, I'm going to give him what's coming to him. He was the cause of
-my getting a rebuke from the Black Star."
-
-"I wish you'd rap that sheriff on the head," Mamie Blanchard remarked.
-"He's a nuisance!"
-
-"The Black Star will not stand for work like that, and you know it,"
-Landers replied. "Besides, the sheriff is harmless; we have little to
-fear from him."
-
-Sheriff Kowen's face grew purple with wrath, and he gurgled behind his
-gag.
-
-Mamie Blanchard was packing the bag, and her stout companion was
-gathering the things to put into it. Verbeck continued working at the
-bonds about his wrists. The cords were cutting through the flesh, but he
-did not desist. He knew that every second would be precious as soon as
-Landers and the two women left the room.
-
-He stopped for an instant, because the exertion was tiring him, and his
-wrists pained so much. He saw that Kowen was trying to get free, too,
-and knew that he was making a failure of it. Landers had done his work
-well; it was evident that the man was an expert at binding and gagging.
-
-Presently Landers came over, inspected their bonds, and laughed.
-
-"You are only mutilating your wrists, Mr. Verbeck," he said. "I assure
-you that you will be unable to get free. I promise to call up the hotel
-within an hour or so, and tell them to come up and release you. It will
-get into the newspapers, of course--and the public will have another
-laugh at your expense--but you should be used to that by this time, you
-and the sheriff both. The town should give us credit for handing them a
-laugh now and then, as well as thrills."
-
-The sheriff gurgled behind his gag again.
-
-Verbeck looked past him to the window at which was the landing of the
-fire escape. He saw a shadow there, and looked away. Then he glanced
-back again, a new hope born in his breast. Once more he observed a
-shadow, and then a man's face showed for an instant as he peered inside.
-The man was his friend, Lawrence.
-
-Lawrence had fussed and fumed for ten minutes after Verbeck and the
-sheriff had left. He had opened the window by the fire escape, and had
-looked down. The shade at the window in the room on the second floor was
-only partially drawn, and Lawrence could see the light streaming out.
-
-"Wonder what those chaps are up to?" he asked himself. "Mean of Verbeck
-not to let me in on it. Ought to hear some sort of an explosion soon, I
-fancy. Maybe there'll be a row--give the hotel a bad name--beastly
-mess!"
-
-He waited for half an hour longer, hanging out of the window and
-watching below. He saw nothing, heard nothing. At the foot of the fire
-escape a man was standing--the sheriff's deputy.
-
-Then the lust for adventure was born in Lawrence's bosom. He chuckled at
-the very idea. He opened the window wider, and got out on the landing of
-the fire escape.
-
-He began slowly descending the ladder, round by round, passed the
-landing on the third floor, and continued to the second. He went close
-to the window, and looked in.
-
-He saw the sheriff and Roger Verbeck bound and gagged and lashed in
-their chairs. He saw Landers walking around the room, a revolver in his
-hand, and the two women packing the bag.
-
-"Great Scott!" he breathed. "Verbeck and Kowen seem to have come a
-cropper! Prisoners, eh? Ought to give them a bit of help, I suppose.
-Can't let that other chap get away with this, of course."
-
-Landers walked toward the window, and Lawrence drew back from it. He
-waited a moment, then glanced in again--and met Verbeck's eyes. Lawrence
-nodded his head. He went to the end of the fire-escape landing and
-looked down at the deputy, who had been watching him carefully,
-remembering his orders. He took a notebook from his pocket, and a pencil
-from another, and scribbled a message:
-
- Come up quick! Man and two women in room have Verbeck and sheriff
- bound and gagged. They are packing bag and preparing to leave. I
- can't tackle this alone. I'm Verbeck's friend, Lawrence. Either
- come up the fire escape or go inside and to room 256 and nab them
- at the door, and I'll watch here.
-
-He tossed the note down, and the deputy picked it up and read it. The
-deputy was not certain just what to do. If he went inside the hotel he
-would disregard the sheriff's orders, which had been to watch the fire
-escape. So the deputy decided to climb.
-
-He sprang up and caught the bottom of the iron ladder, reached the first
-landing, and worked his way up, watching Lawrence closely, a weapon held
-ready if Lawrence proved to be foe instead of friend. Lawrence glanced
-inside the room again, and gestured to Verbeck that he had reason to
-hope.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXII
-
-ON THE ROOF
-
-
-Lawrence peered through the window again, as the deputy made his way up
-the fire escape. The two women were putting on their hats and veils.
-Landers had stepped before Verbeck and Sheriff Kowen again, and was
-speaking to them.
-
-"I shall report all this to the Black Star," he was saying, "and he will
-take great pleasure in relating it to the newspapers. We must give the
-dear public another chance to laugh, as I said before. I regret that the
-chief of police is not with you."
-
-Just then the deputy reached the landing of the fire escape, and looked
-at Lawrence closely.
-
-"We haven't any time to lose," Lawrence whispered. "Look inside the
-room."
-
-Lawrence, realizing that the deputy was suspicious of him, stepped back,
-and the other man took a step forward and glanced through the window.
-
-"I want to get in on this; Roger Verbeck is a friend of mine!" Lawrence
-declared. "What are we going to do?"
-
-He looked through the window again as he spoke. Mamie Blanchard had
-picked up the bag and stepped to the door. The older woman was following
-her. Landers was preparing to leave.
-
-"Don't worry, gentlemen," he was saying. "I'll notify the hotel to
-release you within an hour or so, I'll turn out the lights, of course."
-
-The deputy waited no longer. He appeared to be convinced now that
-Lawrence was acting in good faith. He sprang forward, thrust his foot
-through the window, kicked at the glass repeatedly, rolled up the shade
-and sprang into the room. Lawrence was only a pace behind him, and eager
-for the fray.
-
-Landers and his companions had whirled around at the first crash of the
-glass. One of the women screamed. Landers cursed, sprang to the light
-switch, and snapped off the lights. The door was hurled open, and the
-two women fled into the hall. Landers fired one shot from the vapor gun,
-sprang after them, stopped long enough to turn the key in the lock on
-the outside, and hurried after his female confederates to the elevator.
-
-Lawrence and the deputy charged across the room, trying to keep from
-breathing, from inhaling those poisonous fumes. The deputy hurled
-himself at the door in an effort to break it down. But it was well
-braced against the woodwork outside, and resisted his efforts.
-
-Lawrence staggered back to the window and took great gulps of the fresh
-air. Then he whirled around again, turned on the lights and began
-fumbling at Verbeck's bonds. Verbeck and the sheriff were weak, but the
-fumes of the vapor gun had not rendered them unconscious. The draft from
-the broken window had prevented that.
-
-Lawrence tore the gags from the mouths of the bound men, and worked at
-the fastenings again.
-
-"Down the fire escape!" Kowen shrieked to his deputy. "They called for a
-taxi. If you see a cop, get him to help. We'll be after you in a
-minute!"
-
-The deputy darted to the window, and went down the fire escape with the
-agility of a monkey. Verbeck and Kowen, freed of their bonds at last,
-got upon their feet. Since it seemed impossible to break down the door
-leading to the corridor, Verbeck hurled himself against the one opening
-into an adjoining room. It crashed in, and they staggered into the
-apartment, startling a man who was dressing there.
-
-"Officers--after crooks!" Kowen gasped.
-
-They flung the hall door open, and rushed out. Lawrence was not far
-behind them. Verbeck ran at once to the elevators and glanced at the
-indicators above the doors.
-
-"All at the bottom except one--and that is almost at the top," he
-gasped. "They surely haven't had time to get to the ground floor, unless
-they just happened to catch an elevator on the fly, or else went down
-the stairs."
-
-The sheriff made no reply; already he was dashing down the wide, marble
-stairs. He reached the floor below, gave the lobby a single glance, and
-then hurried to the elevators.
-
-"Two women and a man just come down?" he asked.
-
-"Nobody's come down for the last ten minutes or so," the starter
-replied. "What's the row?"
-
-The deputy had charged in from the street.
-
-"They haven't come this way!" he said. "The taxicab is still waiting for
-them in front."
-
-"Around to the alley!" the sheriff commanded. "Watch every exit there!"
-
-The hotel manager was on the scene by this time.
-
-"What is the disturbance about?" he demanded.
-
-"We're after some of the Black Star's gang," the sheriff replied.
-
-"In my house?"
-
-"Yes; and they've been living here for some time, if you want to know. I
-thought this was an exclusive place, where a tenant had to have all
-sorts of references. Those two women who call themselves Whaley----"
-
-"Why, they are all right!"
-
-"Are they?" asked the sheriff. "One side!"
-
-He took up a position whence he could watch both the stairs and the
-elevators. The deputy had hurried to the alley. Two policemen came in
-from the street, and the hotel detective put in an appearance. Kowen
-took instant command of the situation.
-
-"Let nobody leave the building for the present--nobody!" he commanded.
-"Let nobody pass out unless either Verbeck or I give them permission!"
-
-Kowen sprang up the wide stairs again. He reached the second floor, and
-stopped to listen. He heard no sound of pursuit or combat. The elevator
-came down from above, and the sheriff stopped it.
-
-"Take two women and a man up?" he asked.
-
-"Yes, sir," said the operator.
-
-"Know them?"
-
-"Miss Whaley and----"
-
-"That's enough! Where did they go?"
-
-"To the roof. They said they wanted to take a look at the city, as one
-of the ladies was going away."
-
-"I'll go up and take a look myself!" the sheriff said. "And give us a
-little speed!"
-
-The boy whizzed the elevator to the top floor; he didn't know what it
-was all about, but he sensed excitement.
-
-"You take that flight of stairs to the roof," he explained. "There is a
-door at the top."
-
-Kowen did not wait to thank him. He rushed for the stairs--and ran into
-Verbeck and Lawrence.
-
-"They're on the roof!" Verbeck said. "And the door is locked, of
-course!"
-
-"Then we've got them!" Kowen declared. "It's a cinch they can't get
-down!"
-
-"Don't forget that we had the Black Star on a roof once, and he got
-down," Verbeck reminded him. "I just examined that door; it's a strong
-one."
-
-"Why use the door?" Lawrence asked quietly. "I know this building pretty
-well, and I can get to the roof without going through the door at all."
-
-"How?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"I can get through that window, hang to the cornice, and draw myself
-up."
-
-"You'd fall, man!" Kowen declared. "You'd kill yourself!"
-
-"I can do it!" Verbeck exclaimed. "It isn't a bit harder than things I'm
-doing in the gymnasium all the time."
-
-He hurried to the window, opened it, and looked at the cornice above.
-
-"Don't try it!" Kowen said. "It's twelve stories to the pavement below,
-Mr. Verbeck."
-
-"But I'm not going to fall!"
-
-"They're not worth it----"
-
-"What? The Black Star's first lieutenant, and the cleverest woman in his
-band? I'm going up! You go to the door at the head of the stairs and
-pound against it--make them think you are trying to break
-through--attract their attention! Do it now!"
-
-He removed his shoes as he spoke. Kowen made a last protest, which drew
-no reply from Verbeck except a grin. Then the sheriff and Lawrence went
-back up the steps, and began pounding against the door.
-
-Verbeck was cool and collected now. He realized the task that was before
-him, and he knew the danger he would be running. A fall would mean death
-on the pavement twelve floors below. Verbeck was thankful that it was
-dark.
-
-Once more he looked up at the cornice. Then he got through the window,
-balanced himself on the sill, and reached up and grasped the edge of the
-cornice with his hands.
-
-He hesitated a moment, took a deep breath, and started to draw himself
-up. It was a difficult task, even for a man who always had been known as
-an athlete. He managed to get one elbow over the edge of the cornice,
-and thus he held himself, and rested, and tried to reduce his breathing
-to normal.
-
-The hardest part of the task was before him, he knew. He had swung away
-from the window below. If he was forced to lower himself, he doubted
-whether he could swing his legs in enough to brace himself on the sill.
-
-"Have to do it, now!" Roger Verbeck told himself.
-
-Again he started drawing himself up. He got his other elbow over the
-edge of the cornice, rested again for an instant, and then started to
-turn. Now his chest rested against the cornice. He exerted all his
-strength and managed to get one leg up. It was not difficult, after
-that, to draw up the other. So he remained stretched on a narrow ledge
-twelve stories above a busy street, panting, almost exhausted, dizzy.
-
-Verbeck closed his eyes and stretched himself out to his full length. He
-realized that he could not hope to go the remainder of the way until he
-had recovered his strength. However, it did not take him long to
-recuperate.
-
-He raised himself on his elbows and glanced upward. The parapet was
-above him, and not difficult to scale, but to reach the edge of it he
-would have to stand up straight on the narrow ledge upon which he now
-was stretched.
-
-Verbeck took a deep breath and started drawing up his knees. Presently
-he was in a kneeling position. Then, inch by inch, he raised his body.
-His hands crept up the face of the wall before him, stretched out and
-grasped the edge of the parapet.
-
-Once more he was forced to draw himself up. He was very quiet about it,
-too. He did not know but that Landers might be directly above him, ready
-to receive him, or to thrust him over.
-
-He got his elbows over the edge, and stopped to breathe and to listen.
-He could hear Kowen and Lawrence pounding on the door, and he found that
-Landers and the women were not near.
-
-Verbeck began to think that good fortune was with him. He continued to
-draw himself up, and finally was stretched, panting, on the top of the
-parapet.
-
-He was in no hurry, now. He had no intention of clashing physically with
-Landers while in an exhausted condition. There was no way, he thought,
-in which Landers and the women could escape from the roof except through
-the door at which the sheriff and Lawrence were pounding.
-
-Verbeck waited until he felt refreshed, and then slipped down to the
-roof. Noiselessly he made his way across it toward the door. He came to
-a chimney, and stopped beside it, to watch and listen.
-
-He had no weapon on him, and he knew that Landers had a vapor gun. One
-shot from that might render him unconscious, put him out of the fight.
-He could hear Landers and the women talking not very far from where he
-stood.
-
-"They can't get through that door for some time," Landers was saying.
-"I'm going to telephone."
-
-"He'll not come!" Mamie Blanchard wailed. "Why didn't we go down the
-stairs instead of up? We might have known we would have been caught in a
-trap."
-
-"We'll see whether he'll come or not!" Landers said. "If the telephone
-is not out of commission----"
-
-During the hot summer months, the roof was used as a garden. There was a
-little building in one corner of it that was used as a refreshment
-stand, and there always was a telephone there.
-
-Verbeck knew that Landers was rushing across the roof to the building.
-He heard him smash against the frail door, heard it crash in. The women,
-it was evident, remained near the door leading to the stairs that went
-below.
-
-Leaving the shadow of the chimney, Verbeck crept forward toward the
-little structure where Landers had gone to telephone. He hoped to catch
-the Black Star's lieutenant at a disadvantage and subdue him. He was
-much interested, too, in what Landers' telephone message might be, and
-to whom it would be sent.
-
-Without a sound, Verbeck crossed the roof and came to the side of the
-little building. Landers had flashed an electric torch, and was taking
-the telephone from beneath the counter. Verbeck saw him take down the
-receiver.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIII
-
-MUGGS GIVES A TIP
-
-
-It was evident that the hotel switchboard operator was surprised to get
-a call from the roof.
-
-"Oh, it's all right!" Verbeck heard Landers say. "I'm up on the roof
-with the Misses Whaley. One of the ladies is going to leave the city,
-and she wanted to call a friend from here--just a whim. I found the door
-unlocked."
-
-Then he gave a number. Roger Verbeck made a mental note of it. Here
-might be a clew that would lead to something important.
-
-Verbeck crept close to the door, and listened. Presently Landers spoke
-again.
-
-"Hello! This is Landers! I'm trapped on the roof of the New Nortonia
-Hotel with Mamie and her sister. Kowen and his crowd are trying to break
-the door in now, but I think it'll take them some time, and then I can
-stand them off for a while. If you don't come for us, we're caught....
-Yes, Verbeck and the sheriff. They walked in on us. I got them under
-control, but some others came. The place is a regular trap.... Thanks!
-But hurry!"
-
-Verbeck slipped to one side as Landers put the receiver on the hook and
-hurried out. He followed the Black Star's lieutenant back across the
-roof, and watched as he met the women.
-
-"He'll come for us!" Verbeck heard Landers say. "It'll take him some
-time, of course--fifteen minutes at least. We'll have to hold off those
-men on the other side of the door. If it comes to the worst, some of
-them will get something more than a dose out of a vapor gun. I don't
-intend to spend fifteen or twenty years in prison!"
-
-"If we had only gone downstairs----" Mamie Blanchard began.
-
-"If we had, we'd have run into a few deputies. I tell you they planned
-to trap us! They've shadowed some of us----"
-
-"Then it must have been you!" Mamie Blanchard told him. "I have not been
-out of the hotel, remember. It's your carelessness that got us into this
-mess!"
-
-"Well, we won't quarrel about it," Landers said. "You women go to the
-other side of the roof and wait. I'll stay near the door and handle
-those men if they manage to break it open."
-
-Landers approached the door, and Verbeck crept after him. The light was
-so faint that he could see little--just a shadow where the master
-crook's lieutenant was walking. Verbeck crouched as he advanced, made no
-noise, and was ready to stop if Landers betrayed any suspicion. But
-Landers, it appeared, did not expect a foe on the roof, and was intent
-only upon the door at which the sheriff and Lawrence were pounding.
-
-Verbeck had picked up a piece of timber beside the little refreshment
-stand. It was the only weapon he had. He hated to use it, but he felt
-that the situation justified its use. Landers was about a match for him
-physically, and it was Verbeck's duty to make a prisoner of him, open
-the door, and let the others take the women into custody.
-
-Landers was stamping upon the door.
-
-"Get away, or I'll fire through it!" he called, as the pounding ceased
-for a moment.
-
-He sent one shot crashing through the wood and Verbeck could hear a
-chorus of shrieks below. He knew Landers' plan--to delay them as much as
-he could. And for what? That was what Verbeck could not fathom.
-
-To whom had Landers telephoned? How could he be rescued from the roof?
-Would the Black Star and his band face a battle with police and
-deputies, attempt to raid the hotel and save Landers and the two women?
-
-Landers had stepped back, and was listening to what was being said
-below. Verbeck crept forward until he was within six feet of the other
-man. He raised the piece of timber.
-
-He sent but one blow home, but he knew as it struck that it would send
-Landers crashing to the roof, even though it did not render him
-unconscious. He sprang past him, and fumbled at the heavy bolts on the
-door, drew them, and threw the door open.
-
-"Up--quick!" he cried.
-
-Glad cries from the sheriff and Lawrence greeted him. They sprang to the
-roof, two deputies at their heels. They seized the groaning Landers, and
-rushed across the roof toward the women.
-
-"Torches!" Kowen cried.
-
-The torches flashed. The women were standing near one of the big
-chimneys. Kowen led his deputies toward them.
-
-"You don't get away this time!" he said. "It's handcuffs and a cell for
-you! You've played your last game with the Black Star, you two
-beauties!"
-
-The fair prisoners were led toward the stairs. Landers had been
-handcuffed, and was being carried to the floor below. Verbeck and
-Lawrence followed them, but when they reached the floor below, Verbeck
-called the sheriff aside.
-
-"Landers telephoned from the refreshment stand on the roof," he said. "I
-have made a note of the number; it might lead us to something. But here
-is the funny part--he asked somebody to come and rescue him. How they
-are going to try it, I do not know; but I think that message went to the
-Black Star."
-
-"Maybe he'll try a raid here," Kowen suggested.
-
-"Landers estimated, so he told the women, that he would be here in
-fifteen minutes, at least. But how could even the Black Star get enough
-of his men together to raid a place like this in that length of time?
-It's the roof we have to watch. You remember how the Black Star escaped
-from the roof of the National Trust Building, don't you? He seems to
-have methods of which we know nothing."
-
-"Some more of that light stuff, and talking to us out of the air,
-probably," the sheriff said. "Well, what shall we do?"
-
-"Have your deputies put the prisoners in a room and guard them. We'll
-stay here by the door and watch the roof!"
-
-Sheriff Kowen gave the orders. He and Verbeck remained by the door,
-Lawrence with them.
-
-"What's the big idea?" Lawrence inquired.
-
-"Perhaps nothing; we are waiting to see," Verbeck replied.
-
-"Well, can't you let a fellow in on it? If it hadn't been for me, those
-people would be far away by this time; and you'd be bound and gagged in
-that room, waiting for the public to laugh at you!"
-
-"Simply this," Verbeck said; "Landers telephoned to somebody to rescue
-him from the roof, and we are waiting to see who comes to do it, and how
-he comes."
-
-They waited for ten minutes without hearing or seeing anything. They
-left the door and walked to the nearest chimney, and stood there,
-watching, listening, like men who expected something to drop from the
-sky.
-
-And something did come from the sky--that puzzling, brilliant light they
-were learning to know so well. It flooded the roof, swept across it,
-almost blinding the three men there. Verbeck and Kowen and Lawrence ran
-back to the open door, shading their eyes with their hands.
-
-The light disappeared and they heard the Black Star's voice. "What have
-you done with my people?" he shouted.
-
-"We've put handcuffs on 'em, you crook!" Kowen shrieked. "And we'll do
-as much for you one of these days!"
-
-"Watch out!" Verbeck warned.
-
-Some sixth sense seemed to tell him what was coming. And it did--a vapor
-bomb that burst not ten feet from the doorway. They darted back and away
-from it. They saw the bright light flood the roof again. Then the
-darkness came once more, and they heard nothing more, saw nothing more.
-
-"I'd like to know how he does that!" Kowen said. "Does he hang around in
-the sky like a star? Well, he didn't rescue anybody, anyway! That's one
-comfort!"
-
-"He hasn't been more than fifteen minutes getting here," Verbeck said.
-"But we don't know how he is traveling, and so we can't judge how far
-away his headquarters might be. That telephone number----"
-
-"We can investigate that, at any rate, the first thing in the morning,"
-Kowen said. "I'll get the telephone people busy. Now I'll take these
-prisoners down to the jail and give each of them a nice little room,
-American plan."
-
-The prisoners were taken away, the excitement in the hotel died down,
-Verbeck went to Lawrence's suite to smoke a cigarette and get away from
-the crowd for a time, and finally started home.
-
-He was worrying about Muggs, for one thing. He was hoping that the valet
-would find some way in which he could be of service, while he was a
-prisoner in the Black Star's headquarters. He knew that Muggs could be
-depended upon to make every effort.
-
-The Black Star's threat--about doing something sensational the following
-night--also came to his mind. Was the master rogue to win again? Was
-there no way in which he could be stopped, recaptured, put behind prison
-bars? Already the city was in the grip of terror. No man could tell
-where the Black Star would strike next. He might loot another bank, or a
-jewelry store, or raid the jail in an effort to rescue his companions
-in crime. The public was considering everything--except the thing that
-the Black Star had actually planned to do.
-
-Mrs. Richard Branniton completed her arrangements for entertaining the
-distinguished diplomats, Lord Sambery and Sir Burton Banks, and had no
-thought that the master criminal might pay her residence a visit while
-her guests were enjoying themselves.
-
-Verbeck reached his rooms and threw himself into an easy-chair to rest.
-He did not fear for himself. He did not think that the Black Star would
-make an attempt to abduct him again, for prisoners were only in the way
-at the master criminal's headquarters. Also, there were half a dozen
-plain-clothes men in the apartment house, watching everybody who
-entered, ready to act in any emergency that might present itself.
-
-It was too early to retire, so Verbeck smoked, and tried to read a
-magazine, but found that he could not get himself interested. He
-disliked to go to one of his clubs, for all the other members would want
-to discuss the Black Star and nothing else.
-
-He started across the room to get a favorite book from the case, but
-whirled around and went back, because the telephone had rung.
-
-"Hello!" he called.
-
-"Verbeck?"
-
-"Yes."
-
-"This is the Black Star. Some of my men have informed me how Landers and
-the two women were caught. It took courage to climb to the roof the way
-you did, but that is not the point. Those three people are very
-necessary members of my organization, and I want them released."
-
-Verbeck laughed into the telephone.
-
-"Have you called the sheriff?" he asked. "He seems to be the man in
-charge just now."
-
-"I have not called the sheriff yet. I thought I'd call you first, and
-get you to influence him. You see, Verbeck, I have Muggs here with me."
-
-"What has that to do with it?"
-
-"Simply this--if I have to descend to violence, I'll do it. Nothing
-shall stop me from having my revenge upon the city. Unless those people
-of mine are released by noon to-morrow, I'll blow the jail off the
-map--and I'll attend to Mr. Muggs."
-
-"In what way?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"I'll simply have him knocked on the head and dumped into the river. If
-I have to be violent, I'll be a proper thug! What have you to say?"
-
-"Nothing, except that you have a wonderful nerve to speak as you do."
-
-"Perhaps you think I can't blow the jail to pieces?"
-
-"I do not say you can't, but I don't think you'll do it--not with
-Landers and The Princess inside it."
-
-"And maybe you think I'd hesitate about making away with Muggs, do you?"
-
-"I scarcely think you'll do anything of the sort," Verbeck said. "You
-would accomplish nothing, and you'd be hanged for murder after we caught
-you."
-
-"You don't think I am serious," the Black Star replied. "I agreed to
-give you until noon to-morrow----"
-
-"But I couldn't make the sheriff turn them loose! You may be sure that
-he'll guard them well, and see that they stand trial. Why, if they were
-turned loose----"
-
-"I'll arrange that. They are to be freed and put in the middle of the
-polo field. I'll do the rest. On second thought, I'll give you more
-time, Verbeck, if you have to argue with the sheriff. I'm going to be
-busy to-morrow night, as I have said. I'll give you until the following
-morning. I'll ring you up then for your answer; and it had better be
-what I want to hear."
-
-"You actually think we'd do such a thing?" Verbeck asked. "We'd look
-pretty, wouldn't we, turning three criminals loose because another
-criminal asked it!"
-
-"Not an ordinary criminal--but the Black Star! And I don't ask it--I
-demand it! Muggs is here, and I am going to let him speak to you.
-Perhaps you don't really believe that he is here. He'll tell you that I
-am serious and mean what I say."
-
-Verbeck waited, his heart pounding at his ribs. If Muggs only had the
-presence of mind, if he----
-
-"Hello, boss!" came Muggs' voice over the wire.
-
-"Hello, Muggs."
-
-"I'm sure here in this big crook's headquarters, boss. I don't know what
-he intends to hand me, but it'll be plenty."
-
-"Muggs, what do you want me to do?" Verbeck asked.
-
-"Well, maybe I'm prejudiced," Muggs said, "but I don't care to be
-knocked on the head and thrown in any river. It wouldn't be a hard job
-for them--the river ain't far away!" That was a hint, at least. "And it
-ain't exactly nice to be croaked with music ringin' in your ears----"
-
-Verbeck heard an exclamation of rage, the sound of a blow, a gasp, and
-then nothing more except a little click that told him the wire was dead.
-Muggs had tried to give a tip, and had not been given a chance to
-complete it.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIV
-
-ON THE TRAIL
-
-
-Verbeck tried to remember the exact words that Muggs had spoken. He had
-said plainly that the headquarters of the Black Star were not far from
-the river. That in itself was a help, but not a very great one.
-
-There were thousands of places in the city, not far from the river,
-where the Black Star could hide and where the members of his band could
-visit him. The headquarters might be in a warehouse on the water front,
-in some pretentious mansion on the hills overlooking the stream.
-
-And what else was it that Muggs had said? That he didn't want to die
-with music ringing in his ears! Verbeck wondered what that might mean,
-for it was the statement, evidently, that had caused such a quick end to
-the conversation.
-
-Verbeck paced the floor and thought it out. He knew the city from one
-end to the other. He had been born there, reared there, had watched it
-grow. Music ringing in his ears----
-
-"The resort park!" Verbeck gasped. "That's what he must have meant! The
-Black Star's headquarters will be found near the river and near the
-resort park, where the band plays every afternoon and evening!"
-
-Verbeck rushed to the telephone, called the sheriff, and asked him to
-come to his apartment immediately.
-
-"I've got a tip that's better than the last one," he said. "Muggs gave
-it to me."
-
-"Muggs?"
-
-"Don't ask me to explain now. Hurry up here. And have the telephone
-people investigate that number I gave you, and report to you here about
-it."
-
-Then Verbeck called the chief of police, finally locating him at his
-home.
-
-"Chief, there's no use keeping up the bluff any longer," he said. "The
-Black Star knows very well that I am still after him. I wish you'd get
-over to my apartment as soon as you can. I've got something important to
-tell you. Kowen will be here----"
-
-"Why did you call Kowen?" the chief demanded. "Couldn't we handle it
-alone? I understand Kowen won enough glory to-night to last him a
-month."
-
-"Come over, and do your quarreling here!" Verbeck said.
-
-Kowen was the first to arrive, fifteen minutes later.
-
-"What's the big tip?" he asked. "Anything to it?"
-
-"Wait until the chief gets here."
-
-"Did you send for the chief? Was that necessary, Verbeck? It seems to me
-that we worked pretty well together this evening. Why give the police
-some of the credit? I lost the Black Star, remember, and I ought to have
-a chance to get him back!"
-
-"There'll be work enough for all of us--and glory enough," Verbeck
-assured him.
-
-Then the chief came storming in and exchanged glares with the sheriff.
-
-"Before we begin, it might be well to have an understanding," Verbeck
-said. "You gentlemen must stop scrapping and become allies. We have a
-big job on hand, and we want to wind it up as quickly as possible."
-
-Then he told them of his conversation with the Black Star, and of what
-Muggs had said.
-
-"Let them go?" Kowen screeched. "I'd let him wreck the town first! Those
-crooks are in jail, and they're going to stay there!"
-
-"That isn't the point," Verbeck interrupted. "It's the little tip Muggs
-gave that interests us. According to what he said, the Black Star's
-headquarters are near the river, and I believe, when he spoke of the
-music, that he meant the resort park."
-
-"I think you're right!" the chief exclaimed.
-
-"But where could the headquarters be in that locality?" the sheriff
-wanted to know.
-
-"It's our job to find out," the chief said, "and we'll start at
-daylight. If we can locate it before night, perhaps we can stop whatever
-it is that the big crook intends to do."
-
-The telephone bell rang again. The call was for the sheriff, and he
-spent some time listening to the person at the other end of the wire.
-When he turned toward them again, his face was beaming.
-
-"It begins to look good," he said. "That was from the manager of the
-telephone company. He looked up that number that Landers called. It is a
-little summer cottage far up the river beyond the resort park."
-
-"Great!" the chief exclaimed. "We'll land 'em yet!"
-
-"But that isn't the funny thing about it. The manager says he sent a man
-out there in a machine. There is nobody living in the cottage, and
-there hasn't been for months, yet the telephone bills have been paid
-regularly."
-
-"Meaning," said Verbeck, "that the bills are paid by one of the Black
-Star's organization. Of course his headquarters are not in the cottage.
-But we'll find the place somewhere in that locality."
-
-"Where do you get that?" Kowen asked.
-
-"It means simply that somewhere between the cottage and the next station
-on the line, the Black Star has plugged in on the wire. When that number
-is called, the bell rings in his own headquarters. When he calls, it
-appears to the switchboard operator that the number is calling."
-
-"I believe you've got it!" the chief cried.
-
-"In the morning, you can go to that cottage and follow the wire, examine
-every foot of it, discover where the other wire is plugged in, follow
-it, and find the place that we want. Other men can search through the
-neighborhood. We're on the right track!"
-
-For another hour they worked perfecting their plans, and then the chief
-and the sheriff, friendly again, took their departure. Verbeck left a
-call at the office for an early hour, and made haste to retire and
-fortify himself with sleep.
-
-He was up soon after break of day, had his bath and breakfast, and went
-down to get his roadster from the garage, feeling particularly fit. He
-drove immediately to police headquarters and went into the private
-office of the chief, who with Sheriff Kowen was waiting for him.
-
-"I had twenty men out there at daybreak working on that telephone line,"
-the chief said. "They are scattered, of course--look like linemen. In
-fact, they are making a bluff at stringing a new line--but they are
-searching for the place where the Black Star taps the wire. It wouldn't
-surprise me much to find that the Black Star knows as much about our
-plans as we know ourselves--he seems to be able to get all the
-information he wants--but maybe we can get the better of the fiend this
-time!"
-
-"Are we going to wait here for that wire squad to report?" Kowen asked.
-
-"No; there is no use in that," the chief replied. "I have sent twenty
-more men out there--all in plain clothes. They went out a couple at a
-time; have been going out since midnight. Some are near the resort park
-and others are scattered through the woods. Did you send your deputies
-to the other side, sheriff?"
-
-"I did; between us we have men on the north, east and south, and the
-river is on the west. Maybe we have that crook's headquarters
-surrounded, and maybe we haven't."
-
-"We may as well start out there," Verbeck put in.
-
-The chief got into the roadster with him; the sheriff had a car of his
-own, driven by a deputy. They drove rapidly through the city and out
-along the river road. They came to the resort, and got out and parked
-their cars. The sheriff and the chief began receiving reports from their
-forces.
-
-All the buildings in the resort had been searched well, and nothing
-found. Men had discovered nothing suspicious in the woods. There was a
-large fish cannery near, and it had been investigated thoroughly. The
-men scattered around the woods were closing in, drawing the net
-tighter.
-
-The wire squad was at work. They had followed the wire from the little
-cottage, after making an investigation there and being sure that the
-cottage was not the entrance to a subterranean abode used by the Black
-Star. Even while the man in charge of the squad was making his report,
-word was flashed down the line that the extra wire had been found.
-
-The sheriff and chief got into Verbeck's machine, and he drove them a
-quarter of a mile down the road. The wire had been tapped in a very
-clever manner, as one of the electricians of the department explained.
-It was running underground, through a small cable.
-
-The chief called for more of his men, and they began unearthing the
-line. It seemed to run straight toward the east, and through the woods.
-The chief sent a captain and half a dozen men ahead of the wire squad.
-
-"We're getting close to them, I think," the chief declared. "I feel that
-this is going to be our lucky day."
-
-After a time they found a telephone instrument attached to the wire and
-hidden beneath a heap of brush. Next they came upon the old farmhouse,
-with the wire fence around it. There the telephone wire left the ground
-and ran from tree to tree through the grove, to disappear into the
-building.
-
-"There!" the chief said. "We'll get the place surrounded----"
-
-He gave quick orders, and the force of officers began closing in. Within
-a few minutes, the house had a circle of determined men around it.
-Verbeck and the chief had been watching it closely, while the sheriff
-placed the men. They had seen no sign of life.
-
-"Probably gone--if this is really the place," Verbeck said. "It wouldn't
-have been difficult for the Black Star to learn our plans, and he had
-all night in which to get away."
-
-"Well, we'll get in there, anyway," the chief said. "It may be our luck
-that he is still there with some of his gang. If he is gone, and had to
-get out in a hurry, he might have left something behind that will give
-us a clew as to what he intends doing to-night."
-
-"And we could put a lot of trust in that, couldn't we?" said Roger
-Verbeck. "He won over us before, because we gave considerable attention
-to some bogus orders he left on a table in a bogus headquarters--don't
-forget that."
-
-"I'm not liable to; the precious newspapers won't let me," said the
-chief.
-
-The men were creeping through the brush now, approaching the fence.
-Verbeck had the chief issue an order for them to stop.
-
-"I don't like the looks of that fence," he said. "You'll notice that the
-house is old and weather-beaten, and about to fall to pieces, from its
-appearance; but the fence is a substantial one, and new. I have an idea
-that the man who touches that fence will meet with serious trouble."
-
-"By George, it is a new fence!" the chief admitted.
-
-"Wait!" Verbeck said.
-
-He crawled forward alone, foot by foot, stopping now and then to glance
-toward the old farmhouse, and made his way toward the fence that held
-the deadly current.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXV
-
-END OF THE TRAIL
-
-
-Half a dozen feet from the fence Verbeck stopped. He watched the house
-for a couple of minutes, and then advanced another pace. He was within
-three feet of the fence now, and he saw what he had expected--wires and
-cables of metal cunningly woven in the mesh of the structure itself, and
-in such manner that the whole thing would be charged when a current was
-turned on.
-
-The chief had crawled up behind Verbeck.
-
-"That fence is deadly!" Verbeck said. "The Black Star used something
-like this once before, you'll remember, and half a dozen men were
-seriously shocked and burned. We don't dare try to pass it at present.
-The current may or may not be running through it. We can't take the
-chance. If the gate was open, we probably could pass through without
-danger, but the gate is a part of the circuit."
-
-"Well, are we going to let a fence tie us up?" the chief asked. "If the
-Black Star and his band are inside, every minute we spend out here gives
-them a chance to get ready for us."
-
-"Warn the men!" Verbeck said.
-
-The chief sent the word around the circle of officers--nobody was to
-touch the fence, since it probably was charged with a deadly current,
-and shocks and burns would result. Sheriff Kowen had crawled up to them
-through the brush.
-
-"Look!" he exclaimed suddenly.
-
-A dog, attracted by the men in the woods, had been running from one
-group to another. Now, chasing a stick one of the men had thrown, he
-brushed against the fence. A single yelp came from him; and he was
-stretched on the ground, apparently lifeless.
-
-"You see?" Verbeck said. "Perhaps it wouldn't kill a man, but it would
-burn him badly, and put him out of the game."
-
-"We've got to get through!" the chief declared. "And how are we going to
-do it?"
-
-One of the electricians had crawled forward, and they explained the
-situation to him.
-
-"If the current is that strong, we can't fool with it," he said
-earnestly. "Electricity isn't a timid plaything at best, and a dose like
-that fence hands out is too much for anybody. You'll notice that the dog
-hasn't moved; he's dead. And since we can't get through that fence----"
-
-"We can go over it!" Verbeck added.
-
-"How?" the chief and sheriff asked in chorus.
-
-"Bridge the thing," said Verbeck. "We've got men enough, and there are
-trees enough."
-
-"It'll be one ticklish job," the electrician warned.
-
-"But it can be done," Verbeck declared. "Chief, have all your men watch
-the house closely. If anybody in there tries to interfere with me,
-bombard the place."
-
-Verbeck sprang up and ran parallel to the fence for a distance of half a
-hundred feet. He had spotted a big tree there that had a projecting
-branch not fifteen feet from the ground--a branch half a foot in
-diameter that extended over the fence and into the yard about the house.
-He swung himself into the tree, reached the branch, and crept out along
-it. He crossed over the deadly fence, hesitated a moment, and dropped.
-Roger Verbeck was inside.
-
-He found that he was partially screened from the house by a clump of
-brush. He turned his back upon the house and crept toward the fence
-again. The chief and sheriff hurried to meet him.
-
-"Almost all your men can do as I have done," Verbeck said. "We don't
-even have to bridge it. Have them come over, one by one, and have the
-others watch the house closely. If the Black Star or any of his men are
-in there, they know we are after them and are watching us."
-
-The chief issued the orders. The men made the perilous trip one at a
-time, and dropped to the ground beside Verbeck. Twenty men in all
-crossed over, and left the others to guard outside the fence,
-maintaining the blockade around the house.
-
-Not a sign had come from within to show that their presence was known.
-But Verbeck and those who had fought against the Black Star before knew
-that that did not mean safety. It was like the Black Star to wait for
-the proper moment before striking.
-
-"Be careful, you men!" Verbeck warned. "We are fighting the Black Star,
-please remember, and he can be unscrupulous at times. You may consider
-yourselves in danger from the moment we start toward the house. In his
-old headquarters he had some of the most diabolical traps known to man;
-and you always find them where you least expect them. Beware of the
-doors and windows. Investigate them before you touch them; and if we
-get inside the place, be alert continually. You may expect pitfalls,
-vapor bombs--anything!"
-
-The officers scattered and surrounded the house inside the fence. Those
-on the outside crept as close as they dared, weapons held ready, and
-watched the doors and windows.
-
-On and on went those inside the fence, until they were almost against
-the walls. The chief, the sheriff, and Verbeck were at the front.
-
-"Doesn't seem to be anybody around," the chief said. "They got wise and
-left, I suppose. Well, we'll investigate the place anyway, since we are
-here."
-
-He started up the steps that led to the small veranda at the front of
-the house. His foot struck the lowest step.
-
-There was a sharp explosion, and half the veranda was torn away. Verbeck
-and the others reeled backward. A cloud of smoke filled the air; and it
-was not the pungent vapor used by the Black Star in his bombs.
-
-"That was the real thing!" Verbeck declared.
-
-The chief was pale and trembling as he retreated.
-
-"I'll get that fiend!" he declared. "Look at the hole that explosion
-made in the porch floor! If a man had been over that----"
-
-"They set it off too quick!" the sheriff said. "We've got to move
-carefully, or we'll be having casualties."
-
-"We must take that chance!" the chief said. "We've got to get that
-fiend, and policemen are paid to run into trouble when it is necessary.
-Into the house, men! Get in any way that you can! Try to take care of
-yourselves, but get in!"
-
-The officers cheered and shouted. They plunged toward windows and
-doors. They smashed panes of glass in, and hurled themselves against
-doors as if they knew no fear.
-
-Half a dozen explosions came, but no man was injured. Here and there a
-policeman made an entrance, and others followed him. Within five minutes
-Verbeck and the chief and Kowen found that all were inside, gathered in
-the big hall at the front of the house, and that no man had received a
-scratch.
-
-"I guess we're on the right trail, sure enough!" the chief said.
-
-"And this is where we must be careful," declared Roger Verbeck. "This is
-where we are liable to run into traps."
-
-The search of the house began. There were but two floors and the
-basement, and the search started at the top. There the officers found
-nothing except unoccupied rooms that were filled with dust. They even
-went into the garret, and found nothing except a heap of discarded
-clothing that looked as if it had been there for years.
-
-Next they searched the ground floor. In the rear was a kitchen, almost
-immaculate, with its pots and pans and stores of food. There were three
-bed-chambers that appeared to be in constant use. And that was all.
-
-"I suppose it is in the basement, as usual," Verbeck said.
-
-"Careful, men!" the chief warned. "If they are in the basement, they'll
-put up a fight. That big crook knows what is in store for him when he's
-caught, so you don't want to bank too much on that old bunk of his that
-he abhors violence. A cornered rat will put up a stiff fight!"
-
-They found the basement door. Roger Verbeck went forward, grasped the
-knob, and jerked the door open suddenly. Again there was a rending
-explosion, and the panels and framework were shattered. Back through the
-hall staggered Verbeck and the others. The vapor the master crook used
-was mingled with the smoke of the explosion, and was sweeping through
-the hall.
-
-But the police had been prepared for it. They ran to the open windows
-and inhaled the fresh air, remaining there until the poisonous fumes had
-been swept out of the open front door. Then they rushed back into the
-hall.
-
-Before them was a stairway shrouded in dense darkness. Verbeck took an
-electric torch in one hand and his automatic in the other, and began the
-descent, a detective immediately behind him. He flashed the torch on the
-stairs, hesitated before treading upon each one, made his way step by
-step toward the bottom, expecting every instant to hear the crash of
-another explosion.
-
-He reached the end of the flight, and found himself in a narrow hall.
-Along this he went, a file of other men behind him. He came to a door.
-
-"This seems to be the place," he whispered. "If they are inside, we are
-due for a warm reception."
-
-He grasped the handle and jerked the door open. This time there was no
-explosion. He flashed his torch again. In front of the door was a heavy
-curtain of some sort.
-
-Verbeck put out his hand and moved the curtain aside gently. He could
-see into the room--could see in the path of the electric torch, and that
-was all.
-
-Verbeck knew that the situation was precarious. It meant something to
-enter a dark room in which the Black Star and some of his men might be
-waiting. It took courage, the more so since Roger Verbeck was well
-acquainted with the master rogue's methods, and realized that the Black
-Star was fighting for freedom now.
-
-"Hold the curtain--and wait!" Verbeck whispered to the man nearest him.
-
-He slipped inside the curtain and stood with his back against it. He had
-extinguished the torch. There was not a glimmer of light, not the
-slightest sound.
-
-Verbeck held his automatic ready, and suddenly flashed the torch in his
-left hand. He played it down the length of the room, sweeping the streak
-of light from side to side.
-
-"In!" he cried to the others. "Torches!"
-
-They crowded into the room, their lights flashing. The room was
-thoroughly illuminated. The chief gave a cry that was echoed by the
-sheriff and the others.
-
-Without a doubt, they were in the Black Star's headquarters. Verbeck
-knew the room instantly for the one in which he had been prisoner for a
-short time. There were the long table, the blackboards, and on the table
-a black robe and mask that had been discarded by some member of the
-band.
-
-"Careful!" the chief warned.
-
-"I don't think there is any need of caution," said Roger Verbeck. "I
-have an idea that neither the Black Star nor any of his people are
-around the place. He knew we had got on the right trail--and he has
-moved. The Black Star always has another headquarters prepared,
-remember. He moved half a dozen times the last time we fought against
-him. There is a lamp on the table--one of you men light it."
-
-Verbeck walked across the room to the blackboard, upon which there was
-some fine writing.
-
-"I thought so!" he exclaimed.
-
-This is what he read:
-
- GENTLEMEN: I am aware that you are going to locate the place where
- I live and work, and so I suppose I am forced to move. Had not that
- fool of a Landers telephoned me from the roof of the hotel, had not
- Roger Verbeck overheard the number he called, I would have been
- safe here as long as I wished to remain.
-
- I am leaving for a new place that already has been prepared for me.
- I am taking Muggs along as a sort of hostage. There is no rush,
- since I have all night to make the move.
-
- When I go, I shall leave bombs attached to some of the windows and
- doors, and connected with the veranda steps. They will annoy you,
- perhaps, and make you think that you are brave men rushing into
- danger. It is just a little joke.
-
- For this inconvenience, the city shall be made to pay dearly, of
- course. It costs me something each time I move my headquarters. I
- have to leave furniture behind, and I have to inform all my people
- of the new location. But the people of the city shall pay!
- To-night, I strike, and I shall strike hard!
-
-"Fooled again!" the chief shrieked, in rage. "And we were on the right
-trail, too!"
-
-"We'll get him yet!" declared Sheriff Kowen. "Some of his people will
-make another slip----"
-
-"And, in the meantime," Roger Verbeck interrupted, "we'd better be
-preparing for to-night and what it may bring forth. After this, the
-Black Star will strike with twice his usual strength and cunning. He has
-said he would--and the crook always keeps his word!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVI
-
-THE BIG BLOW
-
-
-Reduced to a state of unconsciousness by means of a vapor gun, Muggs was
-moved, some time during the night, to the new headquarters. When he
-regained consciousness he found himself in a room similar to the old
-one, except that it was somewhat smaller. Muggs did not know in what
-section of the city he was.
-
-The Black Star was speaking over the telephone, and as Muggs sat up on
-the couch, he hung up the receiver and turned around.
-
-"Well, Muggs, we have had a bit of excitement," the master crook said.
-"Verbeck risked his life to get to the roof of a certain hotel, but he
-managed to get a telephone number that caused us considerable trouble. I
-have just received a report from one of my men. He tells me that
-Verbeck, and a squad of police and deputies, have surrounded the old
-house and are creeping upon it as if it contained a crowd of desperate
-characters. They will have some excitement, too, Muggs, and then will
-discover nothing but an empty nest."
-
-"Yeh?" Muggs asked. "They'll discover you, too, one of these days; and
-then I hope they give you life!"
-
-"Inclined toward violence again, Muggs, when I have been treating you so
-nicely? I am really ashamed of you."
-
-"As if I cared!" Muggs scoffed.
-
-"I am thinking of taking you along to-night, Muggs, when we call upon
-Mrs. Richard Branniton and her guests. But if you are not a good boy, I
-shall leave you at home."
-
-The Black Star chuckled and turned toward the end of the table. The bell
-on the wall tinkled, and a robed and masked man entered and went to the
-blackboard, which here was installed on one side of the room.
-
-"Number Three," he wrote.
-
-"Countersign?"
-
-"Colorado."
-
-"Report," wrote the Black Star.
-
-"Lord Sambery and Sir Burton Banks arrived on time and now are at the
-Branniton house."
-
-"Any new developments?"
-
-"None have been learned. We are watching closely," wrote Number Three.
-
-"I have decided to seize Branniton himself to-night, with the other two,
-and hold him for ransom," the Black Star wrote. "You will have your
-squad attend to it, and be sure that they do not fail. The man who
-prosecuted me must be punished."
-
-"I shall attend to it, and warn the men that they must not fail."
-
-"There have been no changes in transportation means?"
-
-"None whatever."
-
-"That is all. Retire," the Black Star wrote.
-
-The man backed through the door and closed it after him.
-
-"You're goin' to run against a snag," Muggs told the Black Star. "You're
-bitin' off more than you can chew, and it's likely to choke you!"
-
-"I scarcely think so, Muggs. This little affair is so well planned that
-there can be no failure. It is the master stroke of my career. It will
-add to my fame, and, at the same time, it will be highly profitable.
-When the news gets out, the country will be shocked."
-
-"You go to monkeyin' with the government, and you'll get yours!" Muggs
-told him again. "Them gents are guests of the government, ain't they?"
-
-"I should think that they were, Muggs. They are here on very important
-international business. I may mention that it is so important that I
-expect to collect the ransom within forty-eight hours. I understand
-there are certain negotiations pending, and that there can be no delay."
-
-The Black Star sat down at the end of the table and began consulting his
-memorandum book again, completely ignoring Muggs, who remained sitting
-on the couch. Muggs' hands were lashed together, and he knew that he was
-being watched continually. And yet he felt that he had a duty to
-perform.
-
-"I ain't helpin' the boss at all," Muggs mused. "I tried to, once, and I
-fell down. If this big crook puts that over to-night, it'll make the
-boss a bigger laughingstock than before. Gee, I wish I could do
-somethin'!"
-
-Verbeck was wishing the same thing late that afternoon. When it came to
-locating the new headquarters of the master crook, the police and
-deputies admitted that they did not know which way to turn.
-
-Meanwhile the city was in terror. The Black Star had said that he would
-strike to-night--and strike hard. Banks and financial institutions were
-sending in frantic demands that they be given adequate police
-protection. Jewelry establishments were doing the same. Private
-detective agencies were swamped with orders for operatives. From one end
-of the city to the other, men and women asked the question, where would
-the Black Star strike?
-
-Mrs. Richard Branniton was not thinking of the master rogue. She was
-busy entertaining her distinguished guests. Luncheon had been served,
-and they were being shown the city. Then they returned to the Branniton
-residence, and sought their suites to get some rest before the reception
-of the evening.
-
-Branniton had engaged four more private detectives, making eight in all,
-and had planned to have them scattered about the house. But that was the
-ordinary safeguard against ordinary jewel thieves, and had nothing to do
-with the Black Star. Branniton was not thinking of the master crook,
-either. His mind was upon the fact that he was gathering political
-influence by entertaining the two famous diplomats.
-
-Late that afternoon, Roger Verbeck went to police headquarters for a
-conference with the chief and Sheriff Kowen.
-
-"We can't do anything except have our men waiting and ready," the chief
-said. "I've received about a thousand reports from my men, and there
-isn't one of them worth the paper it's written on. They seem to think
-they've got to report something or get into trouble with me. The papers
-are right--the police are a gang of fools and court jesters!"
-
-"Well, what can we do?" Kowen complained. "Did we get credit for getting
-on that crook's trail? We did not. The evening papers are roasting us
-because we didn't nab him. I'm getting pretty sick of this business!"
-
-"We wouldn't be in this business if you hadn't been asleep and let that
-gang get the Black Star out of jail!" the chief reminded him.
-
-"Wait!" Verbeck commanded. "Are we going to fight among ourselves? Is
-that a way to catch the Black Star?"
-
-"What's the matter with Muggs?" the chief demanded.
-
-"The chances are that Muggs is not able to do anything," Verbeck
-replied. "I can imagine that he is being watched closely since he gave
-me that little tip over the telephone; and I'm hoping that nothing worse
-has happened to him. Muggs, you may be sure, will help us if he gets the
-chance."
-
-Nightfall found them still at police headquarters. They had sent out for
-something to eat. The police reserves had been gathered. Kowen had his
-deputies ready. The Black Star, they knew, might strike at eight in the
-evening, at midnight, at three in the morning. They had to be ready.
-Their one hope was to get a quick alarm, to reach the scene in time to
-capture the master rogue, or at least important members of his band.
-
-The residence of Richard Branniton was a blaze of light. Guests were
-arriving--prominent men, beautiful women, bejeweled leaders of the
-city's society. An orchestra was playing in the ballroom. Men and women
-were greeting one another, laughing and chatting.
-
-The Branniton residence was surrounded by wide lawns studded with big
-maple trees. Here and there were dark spaces not reached by the lights
-from either the house or the street. Two blocks away was a small park.
-
-At nine thirty o'clock several men approached this park singly, each
-acting as if he was going about his business or hurrying to his home.
-They followed the walks, and now and then they passed and whispered a
-few words to one another.
-
-More men happened to walk through the alley in the rear of the Branniton
-house. Some of these men had bundles beneath their arms. There was a
-door in the alley wall, and before it was a caterer's wagon. Men were
-carrying refreshments into the house.
-
-At one of the corners of the residence, in the rear, there was a small
-veranda that was shrouded in darkness. While the caterer's men were
-carrying in the provisions, several of the other men, who had been in
-the alley, slipped through the door and sought the dark veranda.
-Crouched there, they waited.
-
-Here and there a shadow flitted across the lawn from dark spot to dark
-spot--but the shadows were men. A big limousine stopped on a side street
-half a block away, the shades drawn at all its windows. A truck stalled
-on the other side street, apparently, and four men in it worked at the
-engine. Finally one left, saying he would telephone for help.
-
-Across the avenue from the Branniton residence a crowd had gathered to
-watch the guests arrive, muttering when two police officers urged them
-to move on. In the crowd were several men who gave one another knowing
-looks now and then.
-
-The last guests arrived. The hour of ten struck. Inside the Branniton
-house the orchestra was playing and couples were dancing. Mrs. Richard
-Branniton was beaming upon her guests, and her husband was seeking to
-make an impression upon Sir Burton Banks and Lord Sambery. Branniton had
-hopes of receiving an important diplomatic post abroad.
-
-As the hour of ten struck, the men beside the dark rear veranda
-unfastened the bundles they had been carrying, and put on black robes
-and masks. More men approached the house from the other side, keeping in
-the shadows, and when they reached the darkness near the wall put on
-robes and masks.
-
-At ten minutes after the hour of ten, thirty men had gathered beside the
-dark veranda, and fifteen more were scattered near the house, on guard.
-In the midst of these thirty men, the Black Star suddenly appeared.
-
-"I want no mistakes!" he whispered. "Is every man in his proper place?"
-
-"Yes, sir," one of them replied.
-
-"One of the waiters is a man of ours. Has he reported?"
-
-"Not yet, sir."
-
-They waited a few minutes, and another man slipped around the corner of
-the house.
-
-"Everything is ready, sir," he reported. He was the waiter.
-
-"How soon can you do your part?" the Black Star asked.
-
-"In about five minutes."
-
-"Off for about three minutes, and then on again!"
-
-"Yes, sir," said the waiter, and he slipped away and reëntered the
-house.
-
-The Black Star whispered a command, and the men scattered, keeping well
-in the darkness, but gradually surrounding the house, except in front,
-where it was brilliantly lighted.
-
-And suddenly the lights in the house went out!
-
-Feminine shrieks, boisterous laughter, jests came from those within. To
-them it was a joke--a fuse burned out at a critical time. Branniton
-called upon his servants to ascertain the cause of the trouble
-immediately and remedy it.
-
-Then, as suddenly as they had been extinguished, the lights came on
-again. The waiter had manipulated the switch in the basement as the
-Black Star had instructed.
-
-Mrs. Richard Branniton's guests shrieked in alarm now. The doors had
-been closed; the shades had been drawn at the windows. And before each
-door and window stood a man dressed in a black robe, with a black mask
-over his face. Each one so dressed held a weapon menacingly before him.
-
-A voice from the hallway caused them to turn. They saw a tall man
-dressed in a robe, his face covered with a mask--and on the hood of his
-robe was a flaming star of jet.
-
-"Do not make a move, ladies and gentlemen!" he cried. "I am the Black
-Star, and these are my men! We will use violence if we are forced to do
-so, though we'd rather not. I may mention that the few detectives you
-had in the house have been taken care of, and you are absolutely at our
-mercy. The telephone wires are cut, too. We are here to make a
-collection of rare jewels and ornaments, and to carry away with us three
-men."
-
-"You crook!" Branniton cried, rushing toward him.
-
-The Black Star raised his arm. A vapor gun exploded. Richard Branniton
-crashed to the floor. Women screamed.
-
-"He is not injured--merely rendered unconscious!" the Black Star called
-out. "If you faint, ladies, I am afraid that nobody will be able to take
-care of you, so please don't do it. Line up against that wall,
-ladies--and the gentlemen against this one. Remember--my men will fire
-at the first move any of you make!"
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVII
-
-MUGGS TAKES A CHANCE
-
-
-It was an evening of varied experiences for Muggs, one that he liked to
-remember later as being the acme in adventure and chance taking.
-
-Muggs had been held a prisoner in the headquarters room at the place to
-which he had been moved, listening to the Black Star perfect his
-arrangements for his descent upon the Branniton residence--a prisoner
-who was allowed to see and to hear, yet was helpless to give a warning.
-
-Now and then he got up from the couch and walked back and forth across
-the room, while the master criminal chuckled behind his mask, and
-frequently indulged his taste for sarcastic remarks.
-
-"My dear Muggs, it would be a feather in your cap, would it not, if you
-were able to tell the authorities all that you know now?" the Black Star
-asked. "What a sensation you could cause by walking into police
-headquarters and shrieking your information into the ears of the chief
-and the sheriff and Roger Verbeck! But I am afraid that you will not be
-able to do anything of the sort, Muggs. However, we all have our little
-disappointments in life."
-
-"You'll have somethin' worse than a disappointment before this thing is
-over!" Muggs snarled.
-
-"You are still inclined toward violence--eh, Muggs? You should cultivate
-a more peaceful nature, such as I possess. Violence merely destroys
-itself, my dear Muggs."
-
-"Yeh, and I'll probably destroy you before we make an end of this!"
-Muggs declared. "I tell you that you can't get away with it! You're
-about due to strangle on what you've bitten off!"
-
-The Black Star did not reply to that; he merely chuckled and went back
-to the end of the table to consult his memorandum book again. It
-appeared to Muggs that the master crook consulted that book to a great
-extent this day, acting as if he felt that there was some minor detail
-he had forgotten.
-
-After a time, the little bell on the wall tinkled, and a robed and
-masked figure entered the room and went to the blackboard. Muggs glanced
-at him in disgust. The Black Star's men had been reporting continually
-during the day.
-
-"Number Five," the man wrote.
-
-"Countersign?" wrote the Black Star on his blackboard.
-
-"Everglades."
-
-"Report."
-
-"There appears to be no suspicion as to what we really intend to do
-to-night. The police reserves are being held in waiting, and the sheriff
-has his deputies ready for action, but those seem to be all the
-arrangements that have been made."
-
-"How about Verbeck?" the Black Star wrote.
-
-"He is at police headquarters now, waiting for the alarm so he can take
-the trail."
-
-"Good. That is all," the Black Star wrote.
-
-The member of the band bowed and backed through the door. The Black Star
-wrote something in the memorandum book, closed it and put it into a
-drawer in the table. Then he turned toward Muggs again.
-
-"Muggs, I have decided to have you remain here this evening," he said,
-"I cannot spare the time to watch you, and so shall not take you with
-me."
-
-"Thanks for that much!" Muggs growled.
-
-"You will remain in this room, Muggs, and I shall have to keep your
-wrists lashed together, of course. I know that it will be
-uncomfortable--but that is the penalty for discovering my old
-headquarters and forcing us to move. I can't have you interfering with
-my plans to-night, you know."
-
-"If I had a chance, I'd interfere with 'em, all right!"
-
-"But the chance is missing--eh, Muggs? Do you mean you'd try to prevent
-me from making a fortune for my band by running away with some jewels
-and a couple of diplomats?"
-
-"You haven't run away with them yet," Muggs told him.
-
-"It is only a matter of an hour or so, my dear Muggs. Probably I shall
-bring those diplomats here. You'll have the chance, Muggs, to associate
-with a lord and a knight."
-
-The Black Star rang, and his servant entered.
-
-"I am going to leave our prisoner here to-night when I leave," the Black
-Star said. "I expect to find him here when I return. You understand?"
-
-"He'll be here, sir!" the servant promised.
-
-"As long as he behaves himself, give him the liberty of this room," the
-master criminal went on to say. "If he does not behave, handle him in
-your own way."
-
-"Yes, sir."
-
-"Tell the mechanic to be ready to start in ten minutes."
-
-The servant hurried out. The Black Star glanced into his memorandum book
-again, and paced the floor, now and then looking at the little clock on
-the table. After a time, the servant returned.
-
-"The mechanic is ready, sir," he reported.
-
-"Good. Take care of Muggs while I am gone, but do not pester him so long
-as he is a good boy."
-
-"He'd better not pester me!" Muggs growled.
-
-The Black Star wrapped his robe closely around him, and put on the heavy
-ulster over it. He looked at Muggs once more, his eyes glittering
-through the mask. Then he chuckled, and hurried through the door.
-
-Muggs threw himself full length on the couch and glared at the man who
-acted as the master rogue's servant.
-
-"I'm gettin' mighty tired of this," he complained. "The eats are all
-right, and I suppose I hadn't ought to kick, but it ain't nice to have
-your wrists tied together all the time."
-
-"If you're schemin' to get me to unfasten 'em, you ain't goin' to work
-the scheme, I can tell you that!" the servant declared. "Them wrists of
-yours stay just as they are, far as I'm concerned."
-
-"You'd better never let me get 'em loose!" Muggs warned him.
-
-"You wouldn't do much if they were."
-
-"Is that so? I could separate you into sections in about ten minutes!"
-Muggs told him.
-
-The servant laughed, sat down at the end of the table, and started to
-smoke. Muggs glared at him, rolled over, and turned his back to the
-room and the man in it.
-
-Muggs might not have shown it outwardly, but he was almost frantic. The
-Black Star and his men were on their way, he knew. Before long they
-would surround the Branniton residence. They would get inside, rob women
-guests of their jewels, kidnap the two diplomats and Branniton, and rush
-away again before the police could reach the scene. Once more the public
-would howl, and the newspapers would ask why the police and Roger
-Verbeck did not capture the master criminal who did much as he pleased
-with the wealth of the town.
-
-Muggs did not know, of course, where he was at the present moment. This
-new headquarters might be out at the edge of the city, or in the very
-heart of it. But Muggs did know that, if he could escape from the
-building, there would be a chance of warning the police and Verbeck,
-possibly in time for them to do something.
-
-He tested the cords that lashed his wrists, and told himself for the
-hundredth time that they could not be removed. Everything had been taken
-from his pockets, including his knife. He had glanced around the
-headquarters room whenever he had a chance, and he had failed to see
-anything that might help him.
-
-To get his wrists free--that was the first task. And then he would have
-to escape from the place, wherever it was. He did not know whether the
-servant was the only man remaining there; the Black Star might have
-others around, on guard. Nor were men all that had to be considered.
-There might be traps in the house, there might be another deadly fence,
-or something like that.
-
-Muggs was beginning to feel desperate. He knew that every second had its
-value now. He rolled over, sat up on the couch, and yawned.
-
-"I sure hope the Black Star turns me loose to-morrow," he said. "He
-hinted that he might, after he pulled off to-night's stunt."
-
-"Yes, and maybe he won't, unless the sheriff lets Landers and those two
-women go," the servant said.
-
-"Gee, the sheriff won't do that. Even my boss couldn't make him do it.
-He's got those three in the jug, and there they'll stay, unless the
-Black Star rescues them himself." Muggs got up and walked slowly to the
-table. "There ain't any law against me havin' a smoke, is there?" he
-asked.
-
-"Help yourself--anything like that goes as long as you behave," the
-servant replied.
-
-"The Black Star has a good brand of cigarettes, I'll say that much for
-him," said Muggs. "My boss smokes the same kind."
-
-"You're kinder crazy about that boss of yours, ain't you?" the servant
-asked.
-
-"Sure! Why not? He saved my life, and he certainly has helped me since.
-He gives me a steady job, good money, and treats me decent."
-
-"He ain't like the general run of bosses, then."
-
-"I should say not!" Muggs declared.
-
-He put a cigarette in his mouth and picked up a match. It was an awkward
-task with his bound wrists. He struck the match, held the flame to the
-end of the cigarette, and puffed a cloud of smoke.
-
-"If every man had a boss like mine," Muggs continued, "the world would
-be a better place. I had a boss in Paris once that was a terror. I
-almost strangled him one day."
-
-"Why didn't you?" the servant asked.
-
-Muggs dropped the flaming match--into the filled wastebasket.
-
-"Oh, somethin' happened to stop me--somebody got his lamps on me, or
-somethin'. And I didn't happen to get a chance again. I had to do a
-dodge. The cops was after me."
-
-"Cops?"
-
-"Say, I've had real cops after me in my day!" Muggs boasted. "I cut out
-that line of life a few years ago, when I met Mr. Verbeck, but before
-that I was somethin' of a terror--especially in Paris."
-
-"Paris? I've never had a chance to go there," said the servant.
-
-"You want to go when you get a roll, some time. It's some town,
-boy--_some_ town!"
-
-Muggs puffed at the cigarette again, and then turned toward the couch.
-The servant gave a cry and sprang from his chair.
-
-"You cursed fool!" he shrieked. "You dropped that match in them papers!"
-
-Muggs whirled around, astonishment in his face. "Put it out--or the
-whole darned place will burn down!" he cried. "If it catches on them
-curtains and things----"
-
-He darted forward himself, snatched a small rug from the floor, and
-began beating at the flaming wastebasket. The servant was working on the
-other side of the table, trying to watch Muggs at the same time, but
-the latter seemed to be eager to put put the fire.
-
-Muggs smashed at the flaming paper with his rug--and managed to scatter
-it. He ran from burning sheet to burning sheet, beating at the flames.
-The servant was not so watchful now. Muggs seemed intent only on putting
-out the fire and preventing a serious blaze; but as he fought the flames
-he managed now and then to thrust his hands and wrists into the fire!
-
-The flames seared his flesh, but Muggs ignored that. He saw the cords
-that bound his wrists begin to smoke. He saw fire attack one of them. He
-thrust his wrists into the fire again, as he beat at a sheet of flaming
-paper, and tugged at his bonds. The fire was almost out now. He tugged
-at his bonds again.
-
-They gave--they snapped--Muggs was free!
-
-He gave a cry of relief, whirled around--launched himself straight at
-the Black Star's servant!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXVIII
-
-THE ALARM
-
-
-The man realized in that instant that he had been tricked. He snarled
-like a beast and sprang to one side.
-
-Muggs was upon him before he could utter a cry. They clashed, each
-trying to find the other's throat. Muggs found that this would be no
-easy battle. Here was a man who was used to rough tactics, such as did
-not meet with the approval of the Black Star.
-
-Across the room they fought, Muggs trying to get the advantage, trying
-to keep the other from shrieking for help, trying to get in a blow that
-would silence his adversary for a time.
-
-The servant fought to carry out his orders that Muggs should be kept
-prisoner; but Muggs fought with the knowledge that he was trying to
-prevent the Black Star from having success in his latest undertaking,
-trying to help Roger Verbeck to victory.
-
-Back and forth across the room they continued to battle. They fought
-fiercely, and both were becoming exhausted. Now they were on their feet,
-wrestling, and now they were upon the floor, rolling over and over,
-striking at each other, reaching for each other's throat and eyes.
-
-And finally Muggs managed to get the grasp for which he had been
-striving. The servant gave a groan of pain, and his hold on the valet
-relaxed. Muggs choked--choked, and finally sprang to his feet and
-looked down at the unconscious man.
-
-He would be unconscious for some time, Muggs knew, as he did not intend
-to waste precious time binding and gagging him. He ran to the door
-through which the Black Star had gone, and stood there for a moment to
-listen. He heard nobody outside--remembered that nobody had been
-attracted by the sounds of combat.
-
-Muggs lifted the curtain, opened the door, and stepped into a dark hall.
-He had no weapon, no electric torch, not so much as a match in his
-pocket. He ran lightly to the end of the hall and found another door.
-This he opened cautiously, an inch at a time. He found that it opened
-into a room that was dimly lighted, a room that did not seem to have
-seen much use.
-
-Muggs hurried in and closed and locked the door behind him. On the
-opposite side there was another door; Muggs listened at that for a time,
-and then opened it. He found himself facing another hall.
-
-He hurried into it, and went on. He came to a flight of stairs and went
-up. He realized, now, that he had been in a basement. At the top of the
-stairs was a large room, half filled with rusted machinery and empty
-packing cases.
-
-Muggs stooped and picked up from the floor a short iron bar; he had a
-weapon now. On he went, across the big room to a window. He looked out.
-
-He was in the manufacturing district, he knew. This building was an old,
-abandoned factory. He could see the yard filled with scrap iron, the
-high fence around it, and, beyond, the empty street. Farther beyond that
-was the city, flashing with light.
-
-Muggs started to raise the window. It stuck, but he managed to pry it up
-with the bar of iron, stopping now and then to listen and watch. He
-couldn't convince himself that the Black Star had left no guard other
-than the servant now unconscious below. That wasn't at all like the
-Black Star, Muggs thought. There must be a trap somewhere.
-
-Then he remembered that the Black Star had been forced to move quickly.
-Perhaps this headquarters had not been completed when the master
-criminal had taken up his abode there.
-
-Muggs got the window up, put out his head and looked around. It was
-pitch dark beneath the window and along the wall. Muggs got through,
-lowered himself and dropped.
-
-He crouched against the wall, listening, the bar of iron clutched in his
-hand, ready for instant fight if occasion demanded it. Then he started
-following the wall, going toward where he had noticed a gate in the high
-fence.
-
-He reached the corner of the building, and glanced around it cautiously.
-Not far from him, he seemed to see something move. Muggs was not sure at
-first whether it was an elusive shadow or a man. He decided an instant
-later that it was a man.
-
-He scarcely breathed now. He had escaped thus far, and he did not intend
-to be stopped. He did not intend to waste much time, either. Even now,
-perhaps, the Black Star and his followers were surrounding the Branniton
-residence. Even now, perhaps, they were robbing women of their jewels,
-rendering the three men they had decided to abduct unconscious, and
-preparing to carry them away.
-
-Like a shadow, the iron bar held ready, Muggs crept along the wall in
-the direction of the guard.
-
-He was within ten feet of him when a match glowed. The flame shot up,
-and Muggs could see that the match was burning in the man's cupped
-hands, and that he was trying to light a cigar. Muggs covered the ten
-feet in two springs, the iron bar swept through the air and landed.
-There was a little whimper, and the Black Star's guard was stretched on
-the ground.
-
-Muggs turned and ran across the yard. He had decided not to try the
-gate, for there might be another guard there. He sprang, grasped the top
-of the fence, running the risk that it might be charged and deadly,
-found that such was not the case, and drew himself up. A moment later,
-he was in the street.
-
-Muggs never had been much of a runner, but he ran to-night. Up the
-street he went, his elbows glued to his sides, head bent forward,
-stumbling and staggering over the rough cobblestones, but making
-excellent progress. There was no person on the street, no vehicle in
-sight. This was an old manufacturing district far down the river, where
-there was nothing to attract people. Only a few street lights were
-burning, and they were far apart.
-
-Almost breathless, Muggs ran on. His heart was pounding at his ribs, his
-side pained, his breathing was labored. He turned a corner into another
-street, and continued running!
-
-Would he never reach a telephone? Would he never run across a member of
-the police force? Was there nobody in that end of town who could help
-him? Block after block he ran, always looking for a light, for a dingy
-saloon, for some place where he could get into communication with police
-headquarters and give the alarm. He was in despair; he felt that he
-could not keep up much longer.
-
-Presently he saw lights ahead of him, and felt hope and joy surge within
-him. Ahead, only two blocks away, was one of the barns of the city
-street railway.
-
-Panting, exhausted, Muggs stumbled through the entrance and ran into the
-little office. Half a dozen conductors and motormen sprang from their
-benches and hurried toward him.
-
-"Quick--telephone!" Muggs gasped. "Police----"
-
-He saw the telephone instrument on the wall, and lurched toward it. He
-grasped the receiver, tore it from the hook, began calling into the
-transmitter. One of the conductors was trying to talk to him; one of the
-motormen was trying to stop him from using the instrument until he
-explained. Muggs threw out a foot and kicked him away.
-
-"Police headquarters! Police headquarters!" he shrieked. "This
-headquarters? Give me the chief! This is Muggs! Yes--Muggs!
-Hurry--hurry!--That you, chief? Mr. Verbeck there? This is Muggs. I
-just--got away. Black Star's gang--going to raid--Branniton house--get
-jewels--kidnap them swells----"
-
-And then Muggs sank slowly against the wall.
-
-His words had electrified the conductors and motormen. They picked him
-up, and one of them continued the conversation, telling what had
-happened, but he soon found himself talking to nobody. The chief had
-recognized Muggs' voice and that had been enough.
-
-The conductors and motormen threw water into Muggs' face, and he gasped
-and sat up. They helped him to a bench and sat him there, while he
-fought for breath, grasped his chest where it pained, struggled to
-regain his strength.
-
-"Got--to get there----" he gasped.
-
-"Where?" one of the men cried.
-
-"Richard Branniton's house--in the--West End!"
-
-"The foreman's flivver's out in front; he'll let us use it," a conductor
-cried. "I don't go on duty for an hour yet. Come on!"
-
-He ran toward the curb, and Muggs staggered after him. Muggs got into
-the cheap little car. The obliging conductor cranked it and sprang in
-beside him.
-
-"We'll get there quick, or we'll shake every bolt and nut off the blamed
-thing!" he said.
-
-The flivver lurched away down the street.
-
- * * * * *
-
-It would have done Muggs good had he been able to see the effect of his
-message at police headquarters. The chief sprang from his chair
-shrieking the news. Verbeck and the sheriff dashed with him through the
-assembly room and out to the street, and as they went, the chief shouted
-his orders. The reserves ran out and sprang into the automobiles, the
-deputies did the same.
-
-"Good Muggs!" Verbeck cried, as he drove like a fiend through the
-streets. "I knew he'd do it--if he had a chance!"
-
-Verbeck swung between two street cars, causing two motormen to turn pale
-for an instant, and then to curse joy riders. Strung out behind the
-powerful roadsters were the police cars. The sirens were not working
-now. The chief had issued orders that they were not to be used if it
-could be avoided, as it would indicate to the Black Star and his men
-that they were coming.
-
-"Hope we get him this time!" the chief shrieked into Verbeck's ear.
-"Drive, man, drive!"
-
-Verbeck drove. He forced the powerful roadster to do its utmost. He
-called upon the expensive engine to pay for itself this night. He swung
-around other vehicles, dashed around corners, swept up hills like a
-comet.
-
-They passed through the retail district, and got on a wide avenue where
-there was not so much traffic, and where better speed could be made. And
-now they were in the section of better residences, speeding on.
-
-They turned another corner--and the Branniton house was but four blocks
-away.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXIX
-
-CAUGHT IN THE NET
-
-
-At the Branniton residence, Richard Branniton was stretched on the
-floor, unconscious from the effects of a vapor gun. The men were
-standing against one wall, the ladies against another. The Black Star's
-men guarded the doors and windows and watched the guests. The master
-criminal himself was in the center of the room.
-
-"I must have all your jewels, ladies," he said. "You need not be
-alarmed; you shall not be harmed if you conduct yourselves properly. And
-you gentlemen will be safer if you indulge in no attempt to better your
-present condition. I assure you that you are at the mercy of my band."
-
-He made a sign, and three of his men took bags from beneath their robes
-and started toward the line of women.
-
-"Take off your jewelry and toss it into the bags," the Black Star
-directed. "Married ladies may retain their wedding rings and their
-engagement rings, but must give up everything else. That is just to show
-that I am not hard-hearted, as some persons would have the world
-believe."
-
-He laughed gleefully as his men began their task. Terrified women
-removed their jewels and handed them over. Weeping women, hysterical
-women, surrendered necklaces, brooches, rings. The bags were filled
-rapidly, and the Black Star's men stepped back again.
-
-"And now we have something else to do," the Black Star said. "Which of
-you gentlemen is Lord Sambery?"
-
-One of them stepped forward, a dignified man of perhaps fifty. "I have
-that honor," he said stiffly.
-
-"I admire you greatly, sir," the Black Star said. "I have read a great
-deal about the work you have done. I admire you so much that I insist
-you become my guest for a time."
-
-"I beg your pardon?" stammered the astonished nobleman.
-
-"I insist upon it, sir!" the Black Star said. "And where is Sir Burton
-Banks?"
-
-"I am here!"
-
-"I admire you, too, sir, and you shall be my guest also," the Black Star
-declared.
-
-"Allow me to decline your hospitality," said Sir Burton Banks stiffly.
-
-"But I cannot allow you to do so," the master criminal said, chuckling.
-"You see, you mean money to me."
-
-"How is that?" Sir Burton Banks demanded.
-
-"Not your money," the Black Star said. "It has occurred to us that you
-two gentlemen are in this country on an important mission, and that your
-time is very valuable. We have an idea that, if you should be detained,
-certain persons and personages would pay a handsome sum for your
-release."
-
-"Why, confound the fellow! He means to abduct us and hold us for
-ransom!" Lord Sambery exclaimed.
-
-"You have guessed it," the Black Star said.
-
-"But this is the United States of America, sir, and we are in one of its
-greatest cities! I never heard of such a thing! The idea is
-preposterous! You can't do it!"
-
-"Can't we?" asked the Black Star with a laugh. "It's a very simple
-thing. We just render you unconscious and carry you away--and you can
-never be found."
-
-"Why, you dare not!" cried Sir Burton Banks.
-
-"I am not particularly prone to fear," the master criminal said. "I have
-dared many things, and accomplished many things harder than kidnaping a
-couple of gentlemen. You need fear nothing; you shall be treated with
-every courtesy."
-
-"I--I shall fight!" Lord Sambery declared.
-
-"You are an elderly man, sir, and, also, I abhor violence," the Black
-Star reminded him. "You cannot fight long against one of my vapor guns,
-your lordship."
-
-"I--I--my country will have you punished for this!"
-
-"The first thing will be to capture me, your lordship," said the master
-criminal. "I was captured before, but managed to escape, as perhaps you
-know. But we are wasting valuable time in conversation, and I'll have
-ample time to talk to you during the next two days. I am forced to have
-you gentlemen put to sleep for a short time, but I assure you there are
-no bad after effects."
-
-"You--you----" Sir Burton stammered.
-
-"It is quite useless to protest, or to attempt to fight," the Black Star
-informed him. "By the way, I am going to take Mr. Branniton along, too."
-
-"You fiend!" Branniton's wife cried.
-
-"He shall not be harmed, my dear madam, but it will cost him something
-to regain his liberty. He caused me considerable annoyance; he was the
-prosecuting attorney at my trial."
-
-"And he shall be again!" Mrs. Branniton retorted.
-
-"Perhaps--we shall see! I have no idea of standing trial again, my dear
-madam. By the time I am captured, your husband probably will be a United
-States senator, or an ambassador abroad. I realize that he is a man of
-promise."
-
-The Black Star signaled to two of his men, and they advanced toward Lord
-Sambery and Sir Burton Banks. The latter showed that he intended to
-fight, regardless of what the master criminal had said. But the Black
-Star's men rushed in, discharged their vapor guns, and darted back
-again. The two diplomats toppled over on the floor. A woman shrieked.
-
-"They are not harmed a bit," the Black Star assured them. "They will
-simply awake from a sleep, and feel quite fit. Ladies, I regret that I
-interrupted your little party. I suggest you continue it after I leave
-with my men. In reality, you should thank me. You will have something to
-talk about for the remainder of your lives; and women, I have heard,
-love to talk!"
-
-He backed toward the entrance to the hall.
-
-A shrill whistle came from the lawn outside--another--a third. The Black
-Star whirled toward the door. His men stood still, listening. Into the
-room rushed a robed and masked member of the band.
-
-"Police, sir--all around the place!" he cried.
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXX
-
-MUGGS ARRIVES
-
-
-Verbeck's roadster was stopped on the corner nearest the Branniton
-residence. Verbeck and the chief sprang out and darted across the walk.
-The police autos came up and discharged their loads of officers. The
-chief issued his orders rapidly.
-
-"Surround the place! Get into the alley! Pick up everybody that looks
-suspicious--and be ready to fight and fight hard! Let's get them this
-time!"
-
-Officers hurried to every side of the house, poured into the alley,
-rushed across the lawn. They caught the men with the limousine, and
-those with the truck that apparently was stalled, and held them for
-investigation later. They drew a close net around the Branniton place,
-and the chief and Verbeck, with half a dozen trusted men, started toward
-the front veranda.
-
-But the master criminal had had watchers scattered around the lawn. They
-were caught in the police net, too, but they were able to give the
-alarm. They rushed inside the house; and the Black Star was informed
-that the police were upon him.
-
-He ordered the guests into one of the smaller rooms, and closed and
-locked the door on them. He had the lights turned off all over the
-house; the waiter attended to that. He issued his orders rapidly, like a
-general conducting a battle, sent men to defend the doors and windows.
-
-"Violence appears to be necessary," he said. "We must drive them off and
-get away, or there'll be more of them upon us within a short time!"
-
-From a window over the veranda, the Black Star looked at the situation.
-Two of the police automobiles were playing searchlights on the sides of
-the house. Another was driving across the lawn to do the same on the
-front. The Black Star took an automatic from beneath his robe, and fired
-one shot across the lawn.
-
-The shot was a signal. From every window shots were sent at the men
-surrounding the house, shots that were not meant to wound or kill, only
-to terrify. But the chief's men were not easily frightened.
-
-They sought refuge behind trees and clumps of brush, and returned the
-fire. They shattered windows and made it impossible for the Black Star's
-men to remain in them. They poured volleys against the doors.
-
-But the master criminal and his men were safe so far. The officers were
-not able to get inside the house. The Black Star had no wish to stand a
-siege, for he knew that there could be but the one outcome. There came a
-lull in the battle, and the Black Star shouted from his window.
-
-"Is the chief there?"
-
-"He's here!" came a voice from the darkness.
-
-"This is the Black Star!"
-
-"Well, what do you want? Are you and your men ready to surrender to us?
-We'll get you, and get you good, if you don't!"
-
-"Surrender?" the Black Star said. "When I hold the advantage?"
-
-"I don't see it!" the chief shouted.
-
-"No? My dear chief, there are in this house the most prominent persons
-in your fair city. We have with us, also, two diplomats of international
-fame. I abhor violence, but in such a case as this, it becomes
-necessary. You will withdraw your men. You will take them to the corner,
-beneath the electric light, where we can see them plainly. You will keep
-them there fifteen minutes, and after that you may do as you please."
-
-"I see myself!" the chief cried.
-
-"If you do not, I shall use violence upon those in the house. For every
-ten minutes we are forced to remain here, I shall take a human life. For
-every one of my men wounded or slain, I shall take another human life.
-Think it over, chief!"
-
-The chief did think it over, with Roger Verbeck to aid him. The Black
-Star was at the end of his rope. Captured again, he was certain to be
-convicted and sentenced to prison for life. He was the sort who would go
-out fighting--the sort to do all the harm he could before he went out.
-
-"We're not sure that it's not a bluff!" Verbeck said. "But we can't do
-as he asks, of course."
-
-"We'll rush the house!" the sheriff declared. "That's our business in a
-case of this kind, isn't it? We may lose a few men, but it must be done.
-What else is there to do?"
-
-"We'll have to rush it!" the chief returned. "Our aim is to get inside
-and fight it out as quickly as possible, without letting that fiend have
-time to do much damage. I'll give the orders." The chief whispered them
-to a captain, and he passed them on.
-
-The Black Star was shouting from a window again. "'Well, what is the
-decision, chief?"
-
-"You say you want fifteen minutes?" the chief asked, more to gain time
-than anything else.
-
-"Fifteen minutes will be enough, thank you. Remain on that corner with
-your men for fifteen minutes, and then do as you please. That is all I
-ask."
-
-"Well, you're asking enough! What do you suppose the public will say
-when they know I had you and let you go?"
-
-"My dear chief, they'll probably give you credit for saving the lives of
-some prominent persons. I understand that the mayor is a guest here this
-evening. Shall I have him come to the window and decide what you are to
-do?"
-
-"Let him come!" the chief said.
-
-He knew in advance what the mayor would say. The mayor would tell him to
-charge the house, break in, and capture the Black Star and his men. The
-mayor happened to be a man of courage.
-
-Thus the chief had gained a little time, and that was all he
-wanted--time enough for his orders to be passed around to all the
-officers. Now his men were ready.
-
-The chief blew his whistle. The searchlights that had been playing on
-the house were extinguished; and through the darkness the police and
-deputies rushed upon the Branniton residence!
-
-A volley greeted them from the windows, but the Black Star's men were
-firing wildly into the darkness, and their shots had no effect. Officers
-and deputies crowded the veranda, attacked the French windows, battered
-at the doors.
-
-A cheap automobile lurched around the corner and stopped in front of the
-house. Muggs had arrived!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXI
-
-AN EMPTY NET
-
-
-Muggs never forgot that wild ride in the flivver. The street-car
-conductor drove the little machine as if it had been a racing car. It
-lurched around corners, almost ran down traffic policemen, swung ahead
-of street cars. The conductor was like a maniac. He always had craved
-excitement and adventure. Now it had come to him, and he intended to
-make the most of it.
-
-They dashed up to the Branniton residence, and Muggs, not even thinking
-of thanking the conductor, sprang out and rushed across the lawn.
-
-"Boss! boss!" he shrieked above the din.
-
-Somebody told him that Verbeck was on the veranda. He rushed there and
-found his employer.
-
-"Boss, was I in time?" he asked. "I got loose as soon as I could!"
-
-"You bet you were, Muggs. The Black Star's inside, with some of his
-gang!"
-
-"I told the big stiff this was goin' to be his unlucky night! You give
-me a chance to get at him, boss! I've got a few scores to settle with
-that bird!"
-
-"We'll all get at him, Muggs! We'll be inside in a minute!"
-
-The doors and windows were crashing in now. Policemen and deputies were
-pouring into the house. Shots greeted them, shots from both automatics
-and vapor guns. They struggled through clouds of the pungent vapor,
-here and there a man dropping because he had inhaled some of the fumes.
-They grappled with men in black robes and masks. Through the house they
-fought, while outside were others who watched every exit and caught
-those who tried to get away from the place.
-
-One of the deputies had been an electrician formerly, and he knew where
-the light switches were located in the Branniton house. He fought his
-way to the kitchen, found them, and turned on the lights.
-
-Things were better for the policemen and deputies after that. They could
-tell friends from foes. The Black Star's men barricaded themselves in
-certain rooms. Some of them threw down their weapons and held up their
-hands in token of surrender, and were immediately seized and handcuffed.
-The others were cleared from the lower floor, fought up the wide stairs,
-and continued the battle on the second floor.
-
-Verbeck and Muggs were in the thick of the fight. They were looking for
-the Black Star. So were the chief, and Sheriff Kowen. They searched the
-basement and the rooms on the ground floor, but found no trace of him.
-
-"He's on the second floor!" Verbeck cried. "Up we go!"
-
-The guests who had been held prisoners were released from the room in
-which they had been locked. The women fled to the lawn, and across it to
-the street. Some of the men went with them; others joined in the fray.
-There was a crowd in the street now and more people were arriving every
-minute. Word had flashed throughout the city that the Black Star and his
-followers had been cornered in the residence of Richard Branniton.
-
-The members of the band were being caught rapidly. A few had been
-wounded, a few officers also. But the criminals were scattered now, and
-here and there one surrendered, or was overpowered.
-
-Verbeck and Muggs, the chief and the sheriff thought of nothing but the
-Black Star. They knew that the policemen and deputies could care for the
-others of the band. It was the master criminal himself that they wanted,
-to put him behind prison bars once more, to have years added to his
-sentence, to send him to the big prison up the river where he no longer
-would be a menace to society at large.
-
-They ran from room to room, searching for him. They shrieked suggestions
-to one another above the din of the battle. They found a room at one end
-of the upper hall, with the door locked, and hurled themselves against
-it and broke it in.
-
-There they saw the man they wanted. He had thrown off his robe and mask.
-He held a bomb in his hand--and stopped them with a gesture.
-
-"Wait!" he commanded. "This is not a vapor bomb--it is the real thing.
-It can blow all of us to bits! So four of you came to get me, eh? Mr.
-Verbeck, and the chief and the sheriff--and Muggs. I suppose, since you
-are free and here, that you did all this, Muggs?"
-
-"You bet I did!" Muggs cried.
-
-"Wait, gentlemen! Don't make a move to raise a weapon, or we all will be
-hurled into the hereafter." The Black Star stepped back toward a window.
-"I suppose you have me cornered," he said. "I suppose you think you are
-going to take me back to jail. But it happens that I have one card yet
-to play!"
-
-He hurled the bomb, and it exploded. It was a vapor bomb, after all.
-The cloud of pungent gas assailed them. They whirled to either side,
-away from it. There was a crash of glass.
-
-"He's gone through the window!" Muggs shrieked.
-
-Trying to keep from breathing, they rushed to the window, got through it
-and to the roof of the veranda, where they gulped the fresh air!
-
-The Black Star had jumped to the ground. They saw him for an instant.
-Then he was lost in the darkness. The chief shouted a warning to his
-men.
-
-"Down, and after him!" Verbeck cried.
-
-"We've got him!" cried the chief. "The entire yard is surrounded. He's
-in a trap!"
-
-Muggs was the first to reach the ground. He did not stop to climb down
-one of the posts, but did as the master criminal had done--jumped.
-
-Verbeck and the chief and Sheriff Kowen were not far behind him.
-Officers who had been on the veranda charged after the Black Star in
-response to the chief's command.
-
-The net grew tighter. They were in a corner of the lawn, calling to one
-another. A police auto drove across the grass, and the searchlight was
-turned on.
-
-There was the circle of policemen and deputies, with Verbeck and Muggs,
-the chief and the sheriff at one side of it.
-
-But the Black Star was gone!
-
-
-
-
-CHAPTER XXXII
-
-THE LETTER
-
-
-"He can't have got away!" Muggs exclaimed.
-
-"Where did he go?" the chief demanded.
-
-"He didn't come past us," one of the policemen declared. "I don't see
-how he got out of the circle. Why, he hasn't had time to get away; and
-the men in the street----"
-
-The officers in the street already had been warned. The entire block was
-surrounded; it seemed impossible that the master criminal could escape.
-
-"Maybe he dodged the boys here, but he'll never get away from the
-block!" the chief declared. "Have more searchlights turned on the lawn,
-and tell the men in the alley to keep awake. He can't be far!"
-
-Out of the sky came a blinding light. It flooded the house and lawn,
-turned the night into day.
-
-"That--that light----" Sheriff Kowen gasped.
-
-The light disappeared. They waited, watching the sky. They were silent
-now. No sound reached their ears except the din from the house. They saw
-nothing.
-
-And then they heard the Black Star's voice.
-
-"Did you really think you had me?" it said. "I must admit that you have
-wrecked my plans and scattered my organization again. Some of my men
-will have to go to prison, I suppose, but you haven't caught me, never
-will catch me! I shall leave the city, and you cannot prevent it. I have
-prepared for this emergency. When my organization is formed again,
-perhaps I shall return. My campaign is over for the present, but there
-will be another!"
-
-The voice died away. There was silence for a moment, and then the
-brilliant light flashed again, flooded the lawn, almost blinded the men
-there.
-
-"There is a letter by the alley gate!" The voice of the Black Star now
-came to them faintly. "Good night, gentlemen!"
-
-"Gone!" the chief gasped. "Gone!"
-
-"But how on earth----" Kowen began.
-
-"That letter!" Verbeck cried. "Let's get it!" They hurried to the alley
-gate, and there they found the letter, as the Black Star had said. They
-carried it back to the police automobile, and read it in front of the
-searchlight.
-
- GENTLEMEN: If you have this letter, it means that my plans have
- been ruined, and that I have been forced to escape. I cannot
- neglect this chance to tell you how futile have been your efforts.
-
- Have you wondered how I spoke to you out of the sky? Have you
- worried about the bright light? Are you surprised at the way I
- escaped you just now?
-
- I have in my organization a wonderful man. He is a mechanical
- genius gone wrong. He has perfected airplanes as no man dreams they
- can be perfected. I have been using an airplane--but it is a
- _noiseless_ airplane! Can you imagine what that would mean if the
- world had the secret? An airplane, as the public knows it, heralds
- its approach. With this, I can sail at night over the city,
- without making the slightest noise. I can hover over a certain
- spot----
-
- Yes, I mean _hover_. For this airplane is so perfected that it can
- stand still in the air. It can be raised or lowered straight up or
- down. Do you understand now?
-
- The airplane was hovering over the lawn, a rope ladder dropped from
- it. I merely climbed up the ladder as the airplane ascended. I am
- writing this in advance, but I know what I shall do, if forced. I
- always plan for every emergency, you see. And while you poor fools
- bite your nails in your chagrin, I shall be speeding through the
- air to a certain refuge I have prepared. There I shall recuperate
- and plan some more. *****
-
-Roger Verbeck read the letter aloud. A chorus of gasps came from those
-who heard.
-
-"Well, he is gone!" Verbeck said. "But his band is broken up, and that
-is something!"
-
-"And if he ever comes back here, we'll get him, won't we, boss?" Muggs
-asked.
-
-"We'll get him!" Roger Verbeck said. There was determination in his
-voice.
-
-
-THE END
-
-
-
-
-
-End of Project Gutenberg's Black Star's Campaign, by Johnston McCulley
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BLACK STAR'S CAMPAIGN ***
-
-***** This file should be named 40484-8.txt or 40484-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/4/8/40484/
-
-Produced by Robert Cicconetti, Mary Meehan and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
-will be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
-one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
-(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
-permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
-set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
-copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
-protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
-Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
-charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
-do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
-rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
-such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
-research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
-practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
-subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
-redistribution.
-
-
-
-*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
-http://gutenberg.org/license).
-
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
-all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
-If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
-terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
-entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
-and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
-or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
-collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
-individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
-located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
-copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
-works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
-are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
-Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
-freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
-this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
-the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
-keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
-Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
-a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
-the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
-before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
-creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
-Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
-the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
-States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
-access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
-whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
-copied or distributed:
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
-almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
-re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
-with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
-from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
-posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
-and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
-or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
-with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
-work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
-through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
-Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
-1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
-terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
-to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
-permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
-word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
-distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
-"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
-posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
-you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
-copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
-request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
-form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
-that
-
-- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
- owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
- has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
- Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
- must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
- prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
- returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
- sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
- address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
- the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or
- destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
- and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
- Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
- money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
- of receipt of the work.
-
-- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
-forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
-both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
-Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
-Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
-collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
-"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
-corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
-property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
-computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
-your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
-your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
-the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
-refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
-providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
-receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
-is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
-opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
-WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
-WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
-If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
-law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
-interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
-the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
-provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
-with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
-promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
-harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
-that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
-or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
-work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
-Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
-
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
-including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
-because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
-people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
-To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
-and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
-Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
-http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
-permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
-Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
-throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
-809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
-business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
-information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
-page at http://pglaf.org
-
-For additional contact information:
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
-SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
-particular state visit http://pglaf.org
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
-To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
-
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
-works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
-with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
-Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
-
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
-unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
-keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
-
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
-
- http://www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.